proposed naphtha hydro treatment unit (nhdt) &90 ktpa …

EIA Report

1

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

For

Proposed Naphtha Hydro Treatment

Unit (NHDT)

&90 KTPA Semi Regenerative Type

Catalytic Reforming Unit (CRU) within

the Existing Refinery Complex

AT

Patta No 54 and Dag No 1 Village: Noonmati Taluk: Guwahati

District: Kamrup

State: Assam

[Project termed under Schedule 4(a) Category ‘A’ – Petroleum Refining Industry as per EIA Notification 2006 and its Amendments]

Submitted by:

INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LIMITED, GUWAHATI REFINERY

(IOCL GUWAHATI REFINERY)

EIA CONSULTANT:

(NABET Accredited vide Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1619/RA0083 & MoEF Recognized Lab vide F. No. Q-15018/29/2007-CPW)

HUBERT ENVIRO CARE SYSTEMS (P) LTD, CHENNAI

September 2020

EIA Report

2

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization

I, Dr. J R Moses hereby, confirm that the below mentioned experts prepared the EIA/EMP

for the “Proposed Naphtha Hydro Treatment Unit (NHDT) & 90 KTPA Semi

Regenerative Type Catalytic Reforming Unit (CRU)” at Patta No 54 & Dag No1,

Noonmati Village, Guwahati Taluk, Kamrup District, Assam State by M/s. Indian

Oil Corporation Limited and also confirm that I shall be fully accountable for any

misleading information mentioned in this statement.

Signature:

Date: 05/09/2020

Name: Dr. J.R Moses

Designation: CEO

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd.,

Chennai.

NABET Certificate No & Validity: NABET/EIA/1619/RA0083 & 29.09.2020.

EIA Report

3

Declaration of Experts contributing to the EIA

I hereby certify that I was involved in the preparation of EIA/EMP for the “Proposed

Naphtha Hydro Treatment Unit (NHDT) & 90 KTPA Semi Regenerative Type

Catalytic Reforming Unit (CRU)” at Patta No 54 & Dag No1, Noonmati Village,

Guwahati Taluk, Kamrup District, Assam State by M/s. Indian Oil Corporation

Limited as EIA Coordinator with the support of the following Functional Area Experts.

EIA Coordinator

Name: Dr. J R Moses

Signature:

Date:07/09/2020

Contact Information:

Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd.,

# A-21, Phase III, Behind Lions Club School,

Thiru-vi-ka Industrial Area, Guindy,

Chennai – 600032.

Tamil Nadu, India.

Email: [email protected]

Website: www.hecs.in

Functional Area Experts (FAEs):

S. No.

Functional Areas

Name of the Expert Signature Duration of Involvement

1. AP

FAE

Dr. J R Moses

Dec 2017 till date

Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru

Dec 2017 till date

FAA Mr. M Ramesh Kumaran

Oct 2018 till date

2. AQ FAE

Dr. J R Moses

Dec 2017 till date

Mr. B Harsha Vardhan

Dec 2017- Feb 2020


Oct 2018 till date

3. WP FAE

Dr. J R Moses

Dec 2017 till date


Dec 2017 till date

FAA

Mr. Chengalvarayan

Dec 2017 till date

4. SHW FAE Mr. A. Manoharan

Dec 2017 till date

mailto:[email protected]

EIA Report

4

S. No.

Functional Areas



Dec 2017 till

date

Mrs T. Rajani (HW) Dec 2017 till

date

5. SE FAE Mr. V. Dhivakar

Dec 2017 till date

6. EB FAE Mr. A. Manoharan

Dec 2017 till date

Dr. Rajkumar Samuel

Dec 2017 till date

7. HG FAE Mr. Mallikarjuna Rao

Dec 2017 till date

8. Geo FAE Mr. Mallikarjuna Rao

Dec 2017 till date

9. N FAE Mr. Vivek P. Navare

Dec 2017 till date

Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru Dec 2017 till date

10. LU FAE Mr. Venkateswarlu Rachala

Dec 2017 till

date

Mr. N. Varadharajan

Dec 2017 till date

11. RH FAE Dr. J R Moses

Dec 2017 till date

12. SC FAE Mr. A. Manoharan

Dec 2017 till date

AP - Air pollution monitoring, prevention and control

AQ - Meteorology, air quality modeling and prediction

EB - Ecology and biodiversity

HG - Hydrology, ground water and water conservation

Geo - Geology

LU - Land use

N - Noise & Vibration

RH - Risk assessment and hazards management

SC - Soil conservation

SE - Socio-economics

SHW - Solid and hazardous waste management

WP - Water pollution monitoring, prevention and control

EIA Report

5

Acknowledgement

The following personnel are gratefully acknowledged for their fullest support in collection,

compilation of needful data regarding the project and kind cooperation in fulfilling the report

on EIA/ EMP for “Proposed Naphtha Hydro Treatment Unit (NHDT) & 90 KTPA

Semi Regenerative Type Catalytic Reforming Unit (CRU)” at Patta No 54 & Dag

No1, Noonmati Village, Guwahati Taluk, Kamrup District, Assam State by M/s.

Indian Oil Corporation Limited.

M/s. Indian Oil Corporation Limited

1. Mrs. Monika Das – DGM (HSE)

2. Mrs. Gayatri Laskar – Senior Manager (HSE)

3. Mr. Rajendra Prasad – Process Manager

and others

Ms. Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd.

1. Dr.J.R.Moses - CEO and EIA Coordinator

2. Dr.Rajkumar Samuel – Director Technical

3. Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru – Consultancy Head

4. Ms. Rekha - Trainee Consultant

EIA Report

6

Table of Contents 1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................................................. 30

1.1. Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 30

1.2. EIA Requirement ................................................................................................................ 31

1.2.1. Nature, Size, Location of the Project ............................................................................... 31

1.2.2. Importance of the Project to the Country, Region ......................................................... 33

1.3. Methodology Adopted for the Study ................................................................................ 33

1.4. Objectives of the EIA Report ............................................................................................ 34

1.5. Scope of Work .................................................................................................................... 34

1.6. Methodology adopted for the Study ................................................................................ 36

1.7. Applicable Regulatory Framework ................................................................................... 36

1.8 ToR Compliance ................................................................................................................. 40

1.9 ADS Compliance submitted by IOC Guwahati is enclosed ......................................... 53

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION.............................................................................................................. 56

2.1 Project Description ............................................................................................................. 56

2.1.1 Type of Project ............................................................................................................ 56

2.2 Need of the Project ............................................................................................................ 56

2.3 Site Location ....................................................................................................................... 57

2.4 Existing environmental setup............................................................................................ 62

2.5 Project Cost ......................................................................................................................... 63

2.6 Proposed Schedule for Approval & Implementation ..................................................... 63

2.7 Project Details ..................................................................................................................... 64

2.7.1 Existing Facility ........................................................................................................... 64

2.7.2 Firefightingappliances/equipments/chemicals ....................................................... 68

2.7.3 Proposed Facility ........................................................................................................ 69

2.8 Material Balance ................................................................................................................. 75

2.9 Fuel Oil Characteristics ..................................................................................................... 76

2.10 Sulfur Balance ..................................................................................................................... 76

2.11 Plot area............................................................................................................................... 77

2.11.1 Site Photographs ........................................................................................................ 77

2.11.2 Land Area Breakup .................................................................................................... 77

2.12 Man Power Requirement .................................................................................................. 81

2.13 Power & Fuel Requirements ............................................................................................. 81

2.14 Water Requirement ............................................................................................................ 81

EIA Report

7

2.15 Source of water Supply ..................................................................................................... 86

2.16 Water Pollution Control Measures ................................................................................... 86

2.17 Air Pollution Control Measures ......................................................................................... 86

2.18 Green Belt ........................................................................................................................... 87

2.19 Municipal Solid Waste Management ............................................................................... 89

2.20 Hazardous Waste Management ...................................................................................... 90

3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................ 93

3.1 Preamble ............................................................................................................................. 93

3.2 Study Area ........................................................................................................................... 93

3.3 Description of the Study Area ........................................................................................... 94

3.4 Environmentally/Ecologically Sensitive areas ................................................................ 96

3.5 Physical Conditions .......................................................................................................... 100

3.5.1 PIA District Profile .................................................................................................... 100

3.5.2 Climatic Conditions .................................................................................................. 100

3.5.3 Natural Resources.................................................................................................... 101

3.5.4 Land Use & Land Cover .......................................................................................... 106

3.5.5 Topography ............................................................................................................... 112

3.5.6 Geology of PIA District ............................................................................................ 116

3.5.7 Geomorphology of PIA District ............................................................................... 116

3.5.8 Hydrogeology of PIA District ................................................................................... 119

3.5.9 Drainage Pattern in PIA District ............................................................................. 120

3.5.10 Soils in PIA District ................................................................................................... 122

3.5.11 Cyclones & Depressions, Winds and Coastal Erosion in PIA District .............. 122

3.5.12 Floods in PIA district ................................................................................................ 123

3.5.13 Seismicity ................................................................................................................... 123

3.6 Air Environment ................................................................................................................ 125

3.6.1 Meteorological Conditions ....................................................................................... 125

3.6.2 Meteorological Data Collection .............................................................................. 125

3.6.3 Ambient Air Quality .................................................................................................. 128

3.7 Noise Environment ........................................................................................................... 135

3.7.1 Results and Discussions ......................................................................................... 135

3.7.2 Observations ............................................................................................................. 136

3.8 Water Environment .......................................................................................................... 138

3.8.1 Surface Water Resources ....................................................................................... 138

EIA Report

8

3.8.2 Surface Water Quality Assessment ....................................................................... 138


3.9 Groundwater Resources ................................................................................................. 144

3.9.1 Groundwater Quality ................................................................................................ 145


3.10 Soil as a resource and its Quality .................................................................................. 149


3.11 Biological Environment .................................................................................................... 154

3.11.1 Flora ........................................................................................................................... 154

3.11.2 Fauna ............................................................................................................................. 161

3.11.3 Wildlife conservation plan ....................................................................................... 169

3.12 Socio Economic Profile of Project Influenced Area ............................................................. 170

3.12.1 Socio Economic Aspects ......................................................................................... 170

3.12.2 Socio Economic profile of the study area ............................................................. 171

3.12.3 Education ................................................................................................................... 171

3.12.4 Occupation ................................................................................................................ 174

3.12.5 Health ......................................................................................................................... 178

3.12.6 Infrastructure ............................................................................................................. 178

3.12.7 Project area Socio Economic Indicators ............................................................... 178

4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES ...................... 180

4.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................ 180

4.2 Proposed Project Activities ............................................................................................. 180

4.3 Construction Phase .......................................................................................................... 180

4.3.1 Impacts during Construction Phase .............................................................................. 181

4.3.2 Mitigation Measures for Construction Phase ............................................................... 181

4.5 Operation Phase ............................................................................................................... 186

4.5.1 Impacts during Operational Phase ................................................................................ 186

4.6 Air Environment ................................................................................................................ 187

4.6.1 Meteorological data .................................................................................................. 187

4.6.2 AERMET Process .................................................................................................... 188

4.6.3 AERMOD Process.................................................................................................... 188

4.6.3.1 Mitigation Measures for Reduction of Emissions at Source .......................... 195

4.6.3.1.1 Air Pollution ControlSystem ................................................................................ 195

4.6.3.1.2 Coke Boiler ............................................................................................................ 195

EIA Report

9

4.6.4 Impacts due to Traffic and Transportation ............................................................ 196

4.7 Noise Environment ........................................................................................................... 197

4.7.1 Impact................................................................................................................................. 197

4.7.2 Mitigation Measure ........................................................................................................... 198

4.8 Water Environment .......................................................................................................... 199

4.8.1 Impacts on Surface Water Bodies ................................................................................. 199

4.8.3 Impacts Due to Wastewater Generation ....................................................................... 200

4.8.5 Wastewater Quality, Quantity and Treatment Method ............................................... 201

4.8.6 Process Description ......................................................................................................... 202

4.9 Land Environment ............................................................................................................ 207

4.9.1 Potential Impact Due to Location ................................................................................... 207

4.9.2 Impacts Due to Changes in Land Use Pattern ............................................................ 207

4.9.3 Potential Impact Due to Construction ............................................................................ 207

4.9.4 Impact on Local Infrastructure ........................................................................................ 208

4.9.5 Potential Impact Due to Operation ................................................................................ 208

4.9.6 Impacts-Soil Contamination ............................................................................................ 209

4.10 Flora & Fauna ................................................................................................................... 209

4.10.1 Potential Impacts during Construction .......................................................................... 209

4.10.2 Potential Impacts during Operational Stage ................................................................ 210

4.11 Solid Waste Management ............................................................................................... 210

4.11.1 Impact Due to Solid Waste Generation ........................................................................ 210

4.11.2 Solid Waste Management ............................................................................................... 211

5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ................................................................................................. 213

5.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................ 213

5.2 Site Alternative .................................................................................................................. 213

5.3 Water Supply Alternative ................................................................................................. 213

5.4 Technology Alternative .................................................................................................... 213

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ....................................................................... 215

6.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................ 215

6.2 Environmental Effects Monitoring inEIA ....................................................................... 215

6.2.1 Post Project Environment Monitoring Program ................................................... 216

6.2.2 Monitoring Methodologies ....................................................................................... 217

6.3 Reporting & Documentation............................................................................................ 218

6.4 Budget for Environmental Monitoring Plan ................................................................... 218

EIA Report

10

7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ................................................................................................................ 221

7.1 Public Consultation .......................................................................................................... 221

7.2 Risk Assessment .............................................................................................................. 221

7.3 Applicability of Environmental Clearance ..................................................................... 221

7.4 Consent for Existing Operation ...................................................................................... 221

7.5 ToR Issued by MoEF ....................................................................................................... 222

7.6 Copy of Standard ToR ..................................................................................................... 224

8 PROJECT BENEFITS ................................................................................................................... 232

8.1 Project Benefits ................................................................................................................. 232

9 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis .......................................................................................... 234

10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................................................................... 236

10.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................ 236

10.2 Objectives of EMP ............................................................................................................ 236

10.3 EMPStructure and Organization .................................................................................... 237

10.4 Emp Roles And Responsibilities .................................................................................... 238

10.5 Environmental Management Plan for Construction Phase ........................................ 239

10.5.1 Air Quality .................................................................................................................. 240

10.5.2 Noise Environment ................................................................................................... 240

10.5.3 Water Quality and Water Resources ..................................................................... 241

10.5.4 Solid Waste ............................................................................................................... 241

10.5.5 Land Environment .................................................................................................... 241

10.5.6 Material Handling Storage and Transportation .................................................... 241

10.5.7 Ecology ...................................................................................................................... 242

10.5.8 Socio Economic ........................................................................................................ 242

10.6 Environmental Management Plan For Operation Phase ........................................... 242

10.6.1 Air Quality Management .................................................................................................. 242

10.6.3 Water and waste water management ................................................................... 244

10.7 Cumulative EMP ............................................................................................................... 246

10.8 Pollution Control at 100% Efficiency ............................................................................. 247

10.9 Occupational Health and Safety .................................................................................... 247

10.9.3 Work Zone Monitoring Equipment’s .............................................................................. 251

10.9.4 Wind Sack / Wind Direction Indicator ............................................................................ 252

10.9.5 Existing Safety System .................................................................................................... 252

10.9.9 Occupational Health Monitoring ..................................................................................... 257

EIA Report

11

10.10 Environmental Management Cell ................................................................................... 258

10.11 Corporate Environmental Policy .................................................................................... 258

10.12 Budgetary Provision for Environmental Management Plan ....................................... 260

10.13 Corporate Social Responsibility ..................................................................................... 260

10.14 Corporate Environmental Responsibility(CER) ........................................................... 260

11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION ....................................................................................................... 263

11.1 Land Requirement ............................................................................................................ 263

11.2 Water Requirement .......................................................................................................... 264

11.2.1 Wastewater Generation ........................................................................................... 264

11.3 Power & Fuel Requirement ............................................................................................. 265

11.4 Manpower .......................................................................................................................... 265

11.5 Solid Waste ....................................................................................................................... 266

11.6 Hazardous waste Management ..................................................................................... 266

11.7 Baseline Study .................................................................................................................. 268

11.7.1 Ambient Air Quality .................................................................................................. 268


11.7.3 Water Environment .................................................................................................. 268

11.7.4 Soil Environment ...................................................................................................... 270

11.7.5 Biological Environment ............................................................................................ 270

11.8 Anticipated Environmental Impacts ............................................................................... 271

11.8.1 Water Environment .................................................................................................. 271

11.8.2 Air Environment ........................................................................................................ 271


11.8.4 Pollution Control Measures ..................................................................................... 272

11.9 Air Quality Management .................................................................................................. 272

11.9.1 Fugitive Emission Control Measures ..................................................................... 273

11.10 Noise Monitoring ............................................................................................................... 273

11.11 Water and wastewater management ............................................................................ 273

12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ........................................................................................... 275

12.1 Brief Profile of Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Limited (HECS) ............................. 275

12.2 Quality Policy of HECS .................................................................................................... 278

12.3 QCI-NABET - EIA Accreditation ..................................................................................... 278

12.4 Copy of QCI NABET Accreditation ................................................................................ 279

EIA Report

12

List of Tables

Table 1-1 Concentration levels of Pollutants ................................................................................. 26

Table 1-1Chronology of Environmental clearances ...................................................................... 30

Table 1-2Site Boundary Coordinates .............................................................................................. 32

Table 1-3Applicable Acts and Rules for the proposed Refinery project .................................... 38

Table 2-1 Salient features of project site ........................................................................................ 62

Table 2-2 List of major Industries within 10km Radius from the project site ............................. 63

Table 2-3 Time Schedule .................................................................................................................. 64

Table 2-4Production Facilities .......................................................................................................... 65

Table 2-5Thermal Power Station (TPS).......................................................................................... 65

Table 2-6 Storage Facilities .............................................................................................................. 66

Table 2-7 List of firefighting equipments available ........................................................................ 68

Table 2-8Proposed Utilities ............................................................................................................... 74

Table 2-9 NHT Unit ............................................................................................................................ 75

Table 2-10 Semi Regenerative CRU Unit ...................................................................................... 75

Table 2-11 Complex Wide Material Balance .................................................................................. 75

Table 2-12 Fuel Oil Characteristics ................................................................................................. 76

Table 2-13 Fuel gas composition ..................................................................................................... 76

Table 2-14 Sulfur balance for Proposed Revamp ......................................................................... 76

Table 2-15 Land use planning of the Project Site ......................................................................... 78

Table 2-16Construction Phase ......................................................................................................... 81

Table 2-17Operation Phase ............................................................................................................. 81

Table 2-18Fuel requirement & Power Details ................................................................................ 81

Table 2-19 Existing and proposed water requirements ................................................................ 83

Table 2-20 Air Pollution Control Measures .................................................................................... 86

Table 2-21Organic & Inorganic Solid Waste details ..................................................................... 90

Table 2-22 Hazardous Waste details .............................................................................................. 90

Table 2-23Solid waste from proposed CRU Unit .......................................................................... 91

Table 3-1 Environmental Sensitive Areas within 15km radius from Project Boundary ........... 96

Table 3-2 List of Crops produced in Kamrup Rural area ........................................................... 103

Table 3-3List of Crops produced in Kamrup Metropolitan area ................................................ 104

Table 3-4 District land use/land cover statistics for Kamrup district ......................................... 106

Table 3-5 Land Use/Land Cover statistics of 10 Km radius of the Study Area ...................... 109

Table 3-6 Geomorphology of the study area ............................................................................... 117

Table 3-7ClimatologicalSummary – Guwahati Region (1971-2000) ........................................ 126

Table 3-8 Meteorology Data for the Study Period (March - May 2018). .................................. 127

Table 3-9 Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations ................................................. 129

Table 3-10 Analytical Methods for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality Parameters(NAAQ) ...... 131

Table 3-11 Summary of the average baseline concentrations of pollutants ........................... 133

Table 3-12 Day and Night Equivalent Noise Levels ................................................................... 136

Table 3-13 Test methods used for the analysis of water quality parameters ......................... 138

Table 3-14 Details of Surface water sampling locations ............................................................ 139

Table 3-15Surface Water Monitoring Results .............................................................................. 141

Table 3-16Surface water Standards.............................................................................................. 143

EIA Report

13

Table 3-17 Details of Groundwater Quality Monitoring Locations ............................................ 145

Table 3-18 Physico chemical analysis of Ground water samples from study area................ 147

Table 3-19Soil& Sediment Quality Monitoring Locations ........................................................... 150

Table 3-20Physico Chemical parameters of soil samples from the study area ...................... 152

Table 3-21 List of flora reported/observed in the study area ..................................................... 154

Table 3-22 List of Fauna reported/observed in the study area ................................................. 162

Table 3-23 Social Indicators ........................................................................................................... 170

Table 3-24 Education profile of the project study area ............................................................... 171

Table 3-25Demographic details of the study area ...................................................................... 172

Table 3-26 Occupation details of the project study area ............................................................ 175

Table 3-27 Public Health Facilities of study area ........................................................................ 178

Table 3-28 Infrastructure facility of study area ............................................................................ 178

Table 3-29 Summary ....................................................................................................................... 178

Table 4-1Existing Units Stack Emission details .......................................................................... 189

Table 4-2Proposed CRU Stack Emission details ........................................................................ 190

Table 4-3Projected Top 10 Highest Concentrations of Particulate Matter obtained through

Modeling ............................................................................................................................................ 191

Table 4-4Projected Top 10 Highest Concentrations of Sulfur Di oxide obtained through

Modeling ............................................................................................................................................ 192

Table 4-5Projected Top 10 Highest Concentrations of Oxides of Nitrogen obtained through

Modeling ............................................................................................................................................ 193

Table 4-6 Total Maximum GLCs from the proposed Stack Emissions .................................... 194

Table 4-7Vehicular Movement Monitoring .................................................................................... 196

Table 4-8 Existing & Proposed Vehicular movement per Peak hour ....................................... 197

Table 4-9 Traffic Volume after Implementation of the Project ................................................... 197

Table 4-10 Characteristics of the treated effluent ....................................................................... 205

Table 4-11 Characteristics of Effluent Generated and Discharged .......................................... 206

Table 6-1 Post Project Environmental Monitoring Plan .............................................................. 216

Table 6-2Budgetary allocation for Environmental Monitoring ................................................... 218

Table 7-1Latest Existing Environmental Clearance .................................................................... 221

Table 10-1Responsibility for EMP Implementation ..................................................................... 238

Table 10-2 Air Pollution Control Measures .................................................................................. 243

Table 10-3 Catchment area details ............................................................................................... 245

Table 10-4 Existing Safety Equipments ........................................................................................ 252

Table 10-5 Suitability of Extinguishing Media for Different Fires .............................................. 252

Table 10-6 Environmental Management Plan Budget ................................................................ 260

Table 11-1 Land breakup ................................................................................................................ 263

Table 11-2 Fuel requirement & Power Details ............................................................................. 265

Table 11-3Construction Phase ....................................................................................................... 265

Table 11-4Operation Phase ........................................................................................................... 265

Table 11-5 Organic & Inorganic Solid Waste Details ................................................................. 266

Table 11-6 Hazardous Waste Details ........................................................................................... 266

Table 11-7 Hazardous waste from proposed CRU Unit ............................................................. 267

Table 11-8 Concentration levels of the Pollutant ........................................................................ 271

Table 11-9Air Pollution Control Measures .................................................................................... 272

EIA Report

14

List of Figures

Figure 1.1 Index map of the project site ......................................................................................... 32

Figure 1.2EIA Process ....................................................................................................................... 37

Figure 2.1 Google image showing salient features within 0- 1 Km radius ............................... 58

Figure 2.2 Google image showing salient features within 0- 5 Km radius ................................ 59

Figure 2.3Google image showing salient features 0- 10 Km Radius Map around the study

region ................................................................................................................................................... 60

Figure 2.4 Google image showing15, 10, 05, 01 Km radius map from the project site ......... 61

Figure 2.5Flow diagram of the NHT process ................................................................................. 70

Figure 2.6Flow chart of semi – regenerative process .................................................................. 72

Figure 2.7Typical Flow Diagram of BENSAT ................................................................................. 74

Figure 2.8Proposed Site Photographs ............................................................................................ 77

Figure2.9 Existing and ProposedSite Layout ................................................................................. 79

Figure2.10Green Belt Area within Refinery Complex demarcated on Google Earth Image .. 80

Figure 2.11Water Balance chart of Existing Unit .......................................................................... 84

Figure 2.12Water Balance for Proposed Unit ................................................................................ 85

Figure2.13 Ecopark at Guwahati Refinery ..................................................................................... 87

Figure2.14 Species in Eco-park at Guwahati Refinery................................................................. 88

Figure2.15 Trees in Eco-park at Guwahati Refinery .................................................................... 89

Figure 3.1 Map showing the Satellite Image of the study area ................................................... 95

Figure 3.2 Environmental sensitive areas covering within 15 km from project boundary ....... 99

Figure 3.3 Geology & Minerals Map of Assam State .................................................................. 105

Figure 3.4 Land Use/Land cover Map of Kamrup District .......................................................... 107

Figure 3.5 Land Use Pattern of PIA district .................................................................................. 108

Figure 3.6 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area .......................................................................... 110

Figure 3.7 Land use/Land cover map of the Study Area ........................................................... 111

Figure 3.8 Topo map of the study area ......................................................................................... 113

Figure 3.9 Physical map of Assam State...................................................................................... 114

Figure 3.10Contour map of Study Area ........................................................................................ 115

Figure 3.11 Geomorphology Pattern of the Study Area ............................................................. 117

Figure 3.12 Geomorphology Map of Study Area ......................................................................... 118

Figure 3.13 Hydrogeology Map of PIA district ............................................................................. 120

Figure 3.14 Drainage map of the study area ............................................................................... 121

Figure 3.15 Wind and Cyclone Hazard Map of India .................................................................. 122

Figure 3.16 Seismicity Map of India .............................................................................................. 124

Figure 3.17 Wind Rose during March - May 2018. ..................................................................... 127

Figure 3.18Atmospheric inversion level at the project site ........................................................ 128

Figure 3.19 Map showing the Ambient Air Quality monitoring locations ................................. 130

Figure 3.20 Trends of Measured Ambient Concentrations in the Study Area ........................ 132

Figure 3.21 Map showing the noise monitoring locations .......................................................... 137

Figure 3.22 Map showing the surface water monitoring locations ........................................... 140

Figure 3.23 Map showing the groundwater monitoring locations ............................................. 146

Figure 3.24 Map showing the soil monitoring location .............................................................. 151

Figure 4.1 Wind rose of meteorology used for Modeling ........................................................... 188

EIA Report

15

Figure 4.2Predicted 24-Hrs GLC’s of Particulate matter within 10 km Radius of the Study

Area .................................................................................................................................................... 191

Figure 4.3Predicted 24-Hrs’ GLC’s of SO2 within 10 km Radius of the Study Area .............. 192

Figure 4.4Predicted 24-Hrs’ GLC’s of NOx within 10 km Radius of the Study Area ............. 193

Figure 4.5 Typical ETP block diagram .......................................................................................... 206

Figure 4.6Waste management ....................................................................................................... 211

Figure 10.1Typical HSE Department Organogram .................................................................... 237

Figure 10.2 Organogram for OHC ................................................................................................. 251

Figure 10.3 EHS policy .................................................................................................................... 259

EIA Report

16

List of Annexure

S. NO Description Page No

1 Land Document 4

2 Existing CTO 11

3 Existing PESO License 23

4 Existing EC Copy 26

5 Certified EC Compliance report 32

6 Site Layout (Existing and Proposed) 61

7 Raw AAQ Monitoring Results 62

8 MSDS of Raw Materials and Products 66

9 Hazardous waste disposal Agreement 95

10 Risk Assessment Report 97

11 Disaster management Plan/ ERDMP 316

12 HSE Policy 762

13 Open Channel Drain layout 763

14 CSR Activities 764

15 Medical Health Checkup Reports 768

16 Proposes Equipment List 769

17 Work Zone monitoring reports 774

18 Details on Flaring system 775

19 Water Cess Paid 776

20 NBWL Clearance Obtained (22/12/2017) 793

21 Compliance report on existing EC conditions

798

22 NBWL Compliance Letter 823

23 Proposed Wildlife Mitigation Plan 824

24 Acknowledgement slip for NBWL recommendation 830

EIA Report

17

Executive Summary

Guwahati Refinery (GR) is the country’s first Public Sector Refinery as well as Indian Oil’s

first Refinery serving the Nation since 1962. Built with Rumanian assistance, the initial crude

processing capacity at the time of commissioning of this Refinery was 0.75 MMTPA and the

Refinery was designed to process a mix of Oil and ONGC crude.

The refining capacity was subsequently enhanced to 1.0 MMTPA with Hydrotreater, ISOM

(MSQ) unit and INDadeptG (demonstration of indigenous technology) units, Refinery is

currently able to produce and supply eco-friendly auto fuels of BS-IV grade. The Refinery

produces various products and supplies them to North Eastern India as well as beyond, up

to Siliguri end through the Guwahati-Siliguri Pipeline, spanning 435 KM, which was the first

Pipeline of Indian Oil and commissioned in 1964. Most of the products of Guwahati Refinery

are evacuated through pipeline and some quantity also through road transportation.

Guwahati refinery owned a land of 490 Acres. The existing refinery obtained latest EC on

22nd Jan 2015 from MoEF videfile no: J-11011/71/2012-IA-II(I). The refinery is currently

under operation with PCB consent to operate obtained vide: PCB/CTO/KM/000939/02/2020,

valid up to 31st March 2021 &PESO license obtained vide P/HQ/AS/15/845(P221799), Valid

up to 31/12/2020.

Guwahati Refinery (GR) proposes to install a New Semi Regenerative Type Catalytic

Reforming Unit (CRU) with 90 KTPA design capacity. Proposed CRU consists of

subsections viz. Naphtha Hydro Treating, Fixed Bed Platforming and Benzene Saturation

Section (BENSAT).

The proposed Semi Regenerative Type Catalytic Reforming Unit (CRU)project is considered

under Schedule 4 (a) - “Petroleum Refining Industry” Category A, since all the projects under

this schedule falls under “A” category. It is mandatory for the project proponent to get the

Environmental Clearance from MoEF.

Table 1Chronology of Environmental clearances

S. No

MoEF File No Units Capacity EC

Date of issue

Status of Project

1 J-11011/1/2000-

IA-II(I)

Installation of ISOSIV &

INDMAX units

0.15 MMTPA 24-04-2000

Commissioned

2 J-

11011/215/2007-BS -IV

Upgradation Hydrogen Unit 10KTA

to 12 KTA

7-02-2008

Commissioned

EIA Report

18

S. No

MoEF File No Units Capacity EC

Date of issue

Status of Project

IA-II(I) Hydro Treatment Unit 45 KTA to 54 KTA

Isomerisation Unit 45KTA to 54 KTA

INDselect Unit 80KTA

3 J-

11011/71/2012-IA-II(I)

Revamp of INDMAX

Unit 0.1 to 0.15 MMTPA

22-01-2015

Commissioned

Land Requirement

Detailed Land breakup is summarized in Table .

Table 2 Detailed Land Breakup

S. No Site Name Acres %

Existing Proposed Total

1 Plant Area 209 -- 209

1(a) Plant Built up area 143 1.23 144.23 29.43

1(b) Green belt within Industry

36 0 36 7.35

1(c) Miscellaneous 30 -1.23 28.77 5.87

2 Residential area

281 0 281 (Sector 1, 2 & 3)

2(a) Built up Area 112.4 0 112.4 22.94

2(b) Residential Area Green Belt

168.6 0 168.6 34.41

Total Area (1 + 2) 490 0 490 100

Total Green Belt 1(b)+2(b)

204.6 0 204.6 41.76

Note: Due to space constraint 33% green belt cannot be expanded inside the

refinery. However, the plantation is taken up in and around the refinery and township

areas. Additional Plantation activities are being submitted to RO MOEF through Six

monthly post EC compliance reports and are being certified. (Copies enclosed as

Annexure 5)

Water Requirement

Details of Existing and proposed water requirements and quantity of effluent

generated are summarized below:

EIA Report

19

Existing

Total water requirement of the existing facility is 551.3KLPH of which fresh water

requirement is 398.93 KLPH.

Proposed

Total water requirement of the proposed is 346 KLPH of which fresh water

requirement is 162KLPH.

Wastewater Generation

Existing

Approx. 212.30 KLPH of effluent is being generated in the existing facility of which

16.58 KLPH is discharged into Brahmaputra river and 43 KLPH Net Discharge to

storm water channel excluding evaporation & Ground Losses. Remaining 142.37

KLPH is being reused back in the system for cooling tower, Fire water makeup and

service water.

Proposed

Due to the proposed expansion Approx. 188.2 KLPH of effluent is generated in the

existing facility of which 4.2 KLPH is discharged into water reservoir pond.

Remaining 184 KLPH is reused back in the system for cooling tower, Fire water

makeup, Flushing and Green Belt.

Power & Fuel Requirement

Fuel requirement &power details (Existing &Proposed) is given in Table

Table 3 Power & Fuel Requirements

Details Capacity

Source Existing Proposed Total

Power Requirement(MW/Hr) ~18 -0.725 17.275 CPP

Fuel Oil (KLPH) 10.5 0.66 11.16 CFO/RFO blend, brought from Digboi ref.

Fuel Gas (KLPH) 3.65 0.5 4.15 Unit off gas

EIA Report

20

Manpower

During construction phase approximately 300 people are required on temporary basis based

on various skills. The total man power requirement of the project (shift wise) is given in

Table 4Construction Phase

S. No Description Manpower

1 Contract 300

2 Permanent 0

Total 300

Table 5 Operation Phase

S. No Shift wise requirement Manpower


1 A shift 106 6 112

2 B shift 110 5 115

3 C shift 92 5 97

4 General (48 hrs.) 104 0 104

5 General (36 hrs.) 324 0 324

6 CISF 290 0 290

7 Technicians 495 0 495

8 Helper 17 0 17

Total 1538 16 1554

Solid Waste

During Construction Phase

During construction phase ~0.2 TPD of municipal solid waste is envisaged.

Anticipated construction and demolition waste is 1.5 TPD which will be disposed by

the contractor as per Construction and Demolition Waste Rules 2016.

During Operation Phase

During Operation Phase Total of 97.2 Kg/day of solid waste is generated of which

40.3 kg/Day of organic waste is composted and remaining Inorganic waste will be

disposed through PCB authorized vendors as given in Table 6

Table 6 Organic & Inorganic Solid Waste details

S. No

List of Items

Quantity (Kg/day) Total (kg/Day)

Remarks

Existing Proposed

1 Organic waste

36 4.3 40.3 Composted and used as manure for greenbelt development

EIA Report

21

2 Inorganic waste

54 2.9 56.9 Disposed through PCB authorized vendors

Total 90 7.2 97.2

As per CPCB 0.45 kg/ capita/ day.

Hazardous waste Management

Table 7 Hazardous Waste Management

S. No List of Items Waste

Category

Quantity (Ton) Remarks

Existing Proposed

1 Spent Catalyst

4.2 69.43 0.99

Proposed Catalyst: Nickel Based Bi metallic Composition: Ni, Mo and Sulfur Frequency: 3 Yrs. Disposal Method: PCB Authorized vendors for Land Fill.

2

Net Gas Chloride treating Adsorbent (CRU Unit)

-- 0.788

Composition: Activated Alumina Frequency: Once in every six months. Disposal Method: Authorized vendors for Land Fill.

3

Makeup Gas Sulfur Guard Bed (BENSAT Unit)

-- 0.176

Composition: Copper Oxide, Aluminum Oxide, Sodium Oxide Frequency: 1 Yr Disposal Method: Authorized vendors for Land Fill.

4

Liquid Feed Sulfur Guard Bed (BENSAT Unit)

-- 0.224

Composition: Copper Oxide, Aluminum Oxide, Sodium Oxide Frequency: 1 Yr Disposal Method: Authorized vendors for Land Fill

5 Spent Catalyst (BENSAT Unit)

-- 0.192

Composition: Aluminum Oxide, Platinum Frequency: 8 Yrs Disposal Method: Metal Recovery

6. Oily Sludge 4.1 1754

Frequency: Once in every six months Disposal Method: Authorized vendors for disposal.

7. Pollution Control Facilities (Residual Cake)

1217 Disposal Method: Authorized vendors for Land Fill.

EIA Report

22

Solid waste from proposed CRU Unit

Table 8 Solid Waste- Proposed

UOM Amount Unit Frequency Waste Management

Spent Catalyst Kg 1390 NHT Once in

every 3

years

Spent catalyst /

guard bed are

stored in sealed

drum for

auction for

metal

recovery/landfill

. Spent

catalyst/bed

material is

processed at

vendor set up.

Sulfur Guard Bed Kg 202.2 BENSAT 6 months

Spent Catalyst Kg 190 BENSAT 10 years

Net Gas Chloride

Guard Bed

Kg 350 Platforming 6 months

LPG Chloride

Guard Bed

Kg 260 Platforming 1 year

Spent Catalyst

from Reactors

Kg 9627 Platforming Once in 2

years

Project cost

The estimated cost of the proposed unit is INR 296 Crores

Baseline Study

o Ambient Air Quality

The ambient air quality has been monitored at 8 locations for 12 parameters as per

NAAQS 2009 and additional 3 parameters within the study area. The average

baseline levels of PM10(47.3 – 61.4µg/m³), PM2.5(24.9-30.5µg/m³), SO2(8.9-

10.9µg/m³), NOx(20.4 – 28.3/m³), CO(0.41-0.67mg/m3) and some are BDL, all the

parameters are well within the prescribed National Ambient Air Quality Standards for

Industrial, Commercial and Residential areas at all monitoring locations during the

study period.

o Noise Environment

It is observed that the day equivalent and night equivalent noise levels at all

locations are within the prescribed CPCB standards.

EIA Report

23

In industrial area day time noise levels was about 67.1 dB(A) and 59.3 dB(A)

during night time, which is within prescribed limit by MoEF&CC (75 dB(A) Day

time & 70 dB(A) Night time).

In residential area day time noise levels varied from 53.9 dB(A) to 59.2dB(A)

and night time noise levels varied from 44.1 dB(A) to 48.7dB(A) across the

sampling stations. The field observations during the study period indicate that

the ambient noise levels in most of the Residential areas are exceeds the limit

prescribed by MoEF&CC (55 dB(A) Day time & 45 dB(A) Night time).

Water Environment

o Surface water quality

A summary of analytical results for surface water sample collect at 8 different

locations are presented below:

pH in the collected surface water samples varies between 6.85-7.51.

The Total Dissolved Solids range from 91 mg/l to 110 mg/l, highest being in

sample from Baman lake while lowest in Silguri Nadi. All of the TDS values

are within the water quality standards of IS: 2296:1992.

The chloride content in the surface water for study area ranges from 2.9 mg/l

to 5.94 mg/l highest from location Silsako Lake.

The sulphate content in the surface water of the study area varies between

22.6 mg/l – 30.1 mg/l.

The Total hardness ranges between 52 mg/l – 67 mg/l, highest from

Bamanlake and lowest from Silguri Nadi.

BOD of the samples varied from 1-2 mg/l and COD values ranges from 7-

32mg/l.

The concentration of heavy metals like As, Cd, Cr, Pb, Mn, Hg, Ni and Se at

locations are within the limits of IS 2296:1992.

o Ground Water Quality

A summary of analytical results for ground water sample collect at 8 different


EIA Report

24

In the study area, Na and K concentration in the ground water range from 7to

31 mg/l and 1 to 2 mg/l respectively.

The acceptable limit for Mg is 30 mg/l and the permissible limit is 100 mg/l.

The concentration of Mg ion found in groundwater samples of the study area

ranges from 5.34 – 29.16 mg/l. All the values are well within the acceptable

limits of IS 10500:2012 drinking water standards.

The acceptable and permissible limit of Fluoride is 1mg/l and 1.5mg/l

respectively. The concentrations of fluoride in all the ground water samples

are within the acceptable limit.

The average pH ranges from 6.58-7.21.

In the present findings the TDS value varied from 104 mg/l to 388 mg/l for the

ground water and all the samples are within the acceptable limits of IS 10500:

2012.The acceptable and permissible limit of TDS for drinking water is 500

mg/l and 2000 mg/l.

The chloride concentration ranged from 13.86mg/L to 64.33mg/L and all are

below the IS acceptable limit. The acceptable limit of the chloride content is

250mg/l and permissible limit is 1000 mg/l.

The acceptable limit of the sulphate content is 200mg/l and permissible limit is

400mg/l. the sulphate content of the ground water of the study area is varied

between 10.6 mg/l – 79.27 mg/l meeting the acceptable limit of the IS 10500:

2012.

The Total hardness ranges is between 55 mg/l – 230 mg/l. In ground water

sample collected at Bhulkachu total Hardness exceeds the acceptable limit of

the IS 10500: 2012.

The Total alkalinity as calcium carbonate, Magnesium and Chloride are well

within the permissible limits.

o Soil Environment

A summary of analytical results for soil sample collect at 8 different locations are

presented below:

The pH of the soil samples ranged from 6.28-7.24.

EIA Report

25

Conductivity of the soil samples ranged from 196 – 384 µS/cm. As the EC

value is less than 2000 μS/cm, the soil is found to be non-saline in nature.

The water holding capacity of the soil samples varied from 19.24-26.58 (%).

Nitrogen content ranged from 98.54-212.26 mg/kg, Phosphorous ranged from

38.24 mg/kg to 99.62 mg/kg, Potassium content ranges from 97 mg/kg to 184

mg/kg.

o Biological Environment

The flora & fauna details within 10 km radius furnished with secondary source data.

Detailed list of species available in the study region are covered in Chapter

3,Section 3.11 of EIA report.

Anticipated Environmental Impacts

Water Environment

No water is extracted from ground water sources. The source of water will be from

Brahmaputra River. The total raw water requirement for existing facility is 551.3

KLPH and for proposed operation phase total requirement will be 346 KLPH.

Domestic effluent and Industrial effluent will be treated in existing combined ETP and

discharged to Brahmaputra River and Storm water Drain.

The design capacity of the effluent treatment plant is as follows

Wet Weather Flow (WWF) = 550 KLPH

Dry Weather Flow (DWF) = 365 KLPH

Air Environment

It was observed that the maximum incremental concentration observed due to

proposed expansion for PM, SO2 and NOx are 0.911 µg/m3, 15.698 µg/m3 and 6.473

µg/m3. So it can be concluded that even after the expansion of the plant the impact

envisaged is minimum as given in Table 1-1.

EIA Report

26

Table 1-1 Concentration levels of Pollutants

Pollutant Max Base Line Conc.

(µg/m3)

predicted Conc. at source (µg/m3)

Total Conc.

(µg/m3)

NAAQ standard

% Increment in Concentration

Levels

PM 72.9 0.911 73.811 100 1.25

SO2 13 15.698 28.698 80 120.75

NOx 33.6 6.473 40.073 80 19.26

Noise Environment

The noise generated during the operational phase can be divided into two categories

A) Stationary source due to heavy duty machineries at the project site such as

compressors, DG sets, pumps etc.

B) Mobile source corresponding to mainly vehicular traffic for staff mobilization,

materials, material transportation, liquid fuel transportation to project site, etc.

Pollution Control Measures

The mitigation measures to prevent adverse impact during the operation phase of

the project shall focus on the following:

Air quality

Noise environment

Solid and hazardous waste

Land environment

Air Quality Management

Following measures are proposed to mitigate negative impact during the operation

phase of the project on the surrounding air environment.

Table 10Air Pollution Control Measures

S. No

Source Existing (E)

or Proposed (P)

Terminal Emission APC

measures Stack

Height (m)

1.

CRU

(Naphtha Hydrotreater)

P CRU

SO2, NO2

& PM

SO2, NO2

Use of only fuel gas as

firing medium which has

significantly low Sulphur compared to fuel oil ii) Low NOX burners

42

2. CRU (Reformer)

P CRU 45

EIA Report

27

S. No

Source Existing (E)

or Proposed (P)


measures Stack

Height (m)

& PM have been incorporate in design to limit

emissions.

Fugitive Emission Control Measures

Monitoring of fugitive emissions from IOCL, GR complex with the help of VOC

(Volatile Organic Carbon), LDAR (Leak Detection and Repair) program is being

done monthly with the help of an external agency. Thus observed leaks are

identified and rectified. And the same will be continued after the proposed

expansion.

Noise Monitoring

Impacts of noise on workers are minimized through adoption of adequate protective

measures in the form of

a) Use of personal protective equipment (earplugs, earmuffs, noise helmets

etc.),

b) Education and public awareness, and

c) Exposure control through the rotation of work assignments in the intense

noise areas.

Water and wastewater management


generated are summarized below:

Existing





service water.

EIA Report

28

Proposed





EIA Report

29

Chapter 1

Introduction

EIA Report

30

1 INTRODUCTION

1.1. Introduction


first Refinery serving the nation since 1962. Built with Rumanian assistance, the initial crude

processing capacity at the time of commissioning of this refinery was 0.75 MMTPA and the

refinery was designed to process a mix of Oil and ONGC crude.


(MSQ) unit and INDadeptG (demonstration of indigenous technology) units, refinery is

currently able to produce and supply eco-friendly auto fuels of BS-IV grade. The refinery





Guwahati refinery owned a land of 490 Acres.Land document enclosed as Annexure 1.

The existing refinery obtained latest EC on 22nd Jan 2015 from MoEF videfile no: J-

11011/71/2012-IA-II(I) enclosed as Annexure 4.Six monthly reports on Status of

Compliance of existing EC conditions are submitted to Regional Office, MoEF&CC, Shillong

regularly.The Status of the Compliance of the General Remarks of the Monitoring Report

dated 13.4.2018 given by Regional Office, Shillong, MOEF&CC is enclosed. Out of 8

remarks all 7 remarks are complied. Compliance report is attached as Annexure-21.

The refinery is currently under operation with PCB consent to operate obtained vide:

PCB/CTO/KM/000939/02/2020, valid up to 31st March 2021(Annexure 2) &PESO license

obtained vide P/HQ/AS/15/845(P221799), Valid up to 31/12/2020(Annexure 3).

Table 1-1Chronology of Environmental clearances

S. No MoEF File No Date of issue Status of Project

1 J-11011/1/2000-IA-II(I) 24-04-2000 Commissioned



The nearest railway station is Narangi ~1.85 km towards East and the refinery is completely

surrounded by human settlements with Noonmati as the nearest village adjacent to the

refinery towards West. River Brahmaputra is one of the major rivers in India & Asia which

flow through China, India and Bangladesh is located in the North direction of the refinery at a

distance of ~2.13Km.

EIA Report

31

1.2. EIA Requirement

The Government of India, Ministry of Environment Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC),

New Delhi, vide notification no. S. O. 1533 dated 14th September, 2006, and its

amendments, has made it mandatory to obtain ‘Prior Environmental Modernization of

existing projects listed in the schedule, any change in product mix in the existing

manufacturing unit falling within the schedule to that notification from MoEF&CC (for

Category A projects) or from SEIAA (for Category B projects).

The EIA submission at MoEF pertains to Proposed Semi Regenerative Type Catalytic

Reforming Unit (CRU) project at Guwahati refinery by M/s Indian Oil Corporation Limited.

M/s IOCL (GR) has obtained Terms of Reference (ToR) vide F. No. J-11011/197/2017-IA.II

(I), Dated 07-July-2017. The Project is considered under Schedule 4 (a) - “Petroleum

Refining Industry” Category A, since all the projects under this schedule falls under “A”

category.

1.2.1. Nature, Size, Location of the Project

The proposed project site is located within premises of Guwahati refinery of IOCL atNoonmati

Village in Kamrup district of Assam state. Geographically, the NHDT-CRU unit site is located

at 26º11’03.95” N, 91º48’32.88” E, at a distance of about 5.2 km from Guwahati railway

station and ~22 km from Guwahati International Airport.Index map of the project site is given

inFigure 1.1. Site Boundary Coordinates are given in Table 1-2.

EIA Report

32

Figure 1.1 Index map of the project site

Table 1-2Site Boundary Coordinates

S.

No

Point Latitude (N) Longitude

(E)

S.

No


(E)

1. Center 26011’6.56” 91048’31.40” 2. A 26010’57.17” 91048’31.40”

3. B 26010’50.52” 91048’41.26” 4. C 26010’51.68” 91048’28.03”

5. D 26010’51.14” 91048’26.12” 6. E 26010’51.62” 91048’25.29”

7. F 26010’52.68” 91048’11.59” 8. G 26011’0.88” 91048’12.51”

9. H 26011’6.84” 91048’10.87” 10. I 26011’9.95” 91048’9.18”

11. J 26011’10.77” 91048’10.43 12. K 26011’9.47” 91048’13.65”

13. L 26011’9.09” 91048’15.56 14. M 26011’11.45” 91048’18.06”

15. N 26011’11.53” 91048’19.36” 16. O 26011’12.37” 91048’19.31”

17. P 26011’12.40” 91048’18.66” 18. Q 26011’14.01” 91048’20.34”

19. R 26011’15.18” 91048’20.72” 20. S 26011’15.54” 91048’20.36”

21. T 26011’15.61” 91048’17.84” 22. U 26011’16.39” 91048’17.11”

23. V 26011’17.43” 91048’18.11” 24. W 26011’19.10” 91048’19.53”

25. X 26011’20.19” 91048’20.85” 26. Y 26011’20.95” 91048’22.86”

EIA Report

33

S.

No


(E)

S.

No


(E)

27. Z 26011’19.14” 91048’24.32” 28. A1 26011’18.98” 91048’24.79”

29. B1 26011’19.55” 91048’25.72” 30. C1 26011’19.94” 91048’26.65”

31. D1 26011’20.93” 91048’27.80” 32. E1 26011’19.56” 91048’38.94”

33. F1 26011’19.86” 91048’39.73” 34. G1 26011’20.28” 91048’40.02”

35. H1 26011’19.56” 91048’46.94” 36. I1 26011’18.55” 91048’46.95”

37. J1 26011’16.27” 91048’46.72” 38. K1 26011’12.28” 91048’46.65”

39. L1 26011’11.43” 91048’50.48” 40. M1 26011’10.27” 91048’52.33”

41. N1 26011’10.26” 91048’54.71” 42. O1 26011’8.13” 91048’59.92”

43. P1 26011’5.49” 91048’59.30” 44. Q1 26011’4.61” 91048’59.30”

45. R1 26011’1.37” 91048’56.42” 46. S1 26011’2.07” 91048’54.14”

47. T1 26011’3.42” 91048’53.30” 48. U1 26011’3.03” 91048’52.26”

49. V1 26011’3.94” 91048’49.04” 50. W1 26011’3.41” 91048’48.01”

51. X1 26011’1.30” 91048’47.45” 52. Y1 26011’0.92” 91048’44.68”

53. Z1 26011’1.94” 91048’42.80” 54. A2 26011’2.59” 91048’43.08”

55. B2 26011’2.96” 91048’40.80” 56. C2 26011’1.71” 91048’38.33”

57. D2 26010’59.33” 91048’38.07” 58. E2 26010’58.60” 91048’39.59”

59. F2 26010’58.54” 91048’40.42” 60. G2 26010’57.73” 91048’40.43”

61. H2 26010’57.55” 91048’42.52” - - - -

1.2.2. Importance of the Project to the Country, Region

The main objective of this project is to convert naphtha feed of low octane number to high

octane number reformate by Catalytic Reforming process. The high octane reformate is one

of the main component stream in refinery gasoline blend.The project is of the utmost

importance for the refinery to produce gasoline of desired octane number as reformate is the

major high octane stream in refinery gasoline blend.

1.3. Methodology Adopted for the Study

EIA is the process of identifying, predicting, evaluating and mitigating the biophysical, social

and other relevant effects of development proposals prior to major decisions being taken and

commitments made. These studies integrate the environmental concerns of developmental

activities into the process of decision – making.

EIA Report

34

1.4. Objectives of the EIA Report

To ensure environmental considerations are explicitly addressed and incorporated

into the development decision-making process.

To anticipate and avoid, minimize or offset the adverse significant biophysical, social

and other relevant effects of the above project proposal.

To protect the productivity and capacity of natural systems, the ecological processes

which maintain their respective function.

To promote development that is sustainable and optimizes resource use as well as

management opportunities.

To fully recognize the scope and requirements of the TOR and comply with the

same.

1.5. Scope of Work

The scope of the work mentioned includes an assessment study of proposed petrochemical

manufacturing unit and their impact on the region. This study puts forward the most effective

ways to protect the environment form increasing pollution caused by the burgeoning

industrial development and recommendations for environmental-friendly development

initiatives in the region.

An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is an assessment of the possible impact,

whether positive or negative, that a proposed project may have on the environment, together

consisting of the natural, social and economic aspects, i.e., aiming at “Sustainable

Development” due to the project activities.

This EIA report presents the existing baseline scenario and the assessment and evaluation

of the environmental impacts that may rise during the construction and operational phases of

the project. This report also highlights the Environmental Monitoring Program during the

construction and operation phases of the project and the post project monitoring program. In

terms of the EIA Notification of the MoEF&CC dated 14th September 2006 and subsequent

amendments the generic structure of the EIA document will be as under:

Chapter 1: Introduction

Introductory information is presented in this Chapter. The introduction chapter provides

background to the project, project proponent and describes the objective of this document.

The purpose and organization of the report is also presented in this chapter.

EIA Report

35

Chapter 2: Project Description

This Chapter includes Project Description and Infrastructure Facilities delineating all the

industrial and environmental aspect of the industry of Guwahati Refinery expansion project

as well as process details of proposed products.

Chapter 3: Description of the Environment

This Chapter provides baseline environmental status of Environmental Components

(Primary data) delineating meteorological details of the project site and surrounding area.

Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures

This Chapter presents the analysis of impacts on the environmental and social aspects of

the project as a result of establishment of plan and thereby suggesting the mitigation

measures.

Chapter 5: Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and Sites)

This chapter includes the justification for the selection of the project site from Environmental

point of view as well as from economic point of view.

Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Program

This chapter will include the technical aspects of monitoring, the effectiveness of mitigation

measures which will include the measurement methodologies, frequency, location, data

analysis, reporting schedules etc.

Chapter 7: Additional Studies

This chapter will detail about the Public Consultation sought regarding the project. It will also

identify the risks of the Project in relation to the general public and the surrounding

environment during construction and operation phases of the plant and thereby presents

Disaster Management Plan, Social impact assessment and R&R action plans.

Chapter 8: Project Benefits

This chapter deals with improvement in physical and social infrastructures, employment

potential and other tangible benefits.

EIA Report

36

Chapter 9: Environmental Management Plan

This is the key Chapter of the report and presents the mitigation plan, covers the institutional

and monitoring requirements to implement environmental mitigation measures and to assess

their adequacy during project implementation.

Chapter 10: Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

This chapter is not applicability in Scoping Stage

Chapter 11: Summary and Conclusion

This chapter summarizes the information given in Chapters in this EIA/EMP report and the

conclusion based on the environmental study, impact identification, mitigation measures and

the environmental management plan.

Chapter 12: Disclosure of the Consultant

Names of consultants engaged in the preparation of the EIA/EMP report along with their

brief resume and nature of Consultancy rendered are included in this Chapter.

The EIA Cycle based on the above stages has been illustrated as per the TOR dated 07th

July, 2017, in Figure 1.2.

1.6. Methodology adopted for the Study

An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is an assessment of the possible impact,

whether positive or negative, that a proposed project may have on the environment, together

consisting of the natural, social and economic aspects, i.e., aiming at “Sustainable

Development” due to the project activities.

1.7. Applicable Regulatory Framework

The EIA process followed for this EIA report is composed of the following stages:

1. Study of project information.

2. Screening & Scoping environmental pre-feasibility study & application for approval of

ToR.

3. Collection of detailed project management plan/report.

4. Baseline data collection.

5. Impact identification, Prediction & Evaluation.

6. Mitigation measures & delineation of EMP.

7. Risk assessment and safety & disaster management plan.

EIA Report

37

8. Review & finalization of EIA Report based on the ToR requirements.

9. Submission of EIA report for implementation of mitigation measures & EMP as well

as necessary clearances from relevant Authority.

Figure 1.2EIA Process

EIA Report

38

Table 1-3Applicable Acts and Rules for the proposed Refinery project

S. No

Act and Rules applicable

Purpose Objective Applicability

1. EIA Notification 2006 and its amendments.

New projects, Expansion modernization, change of product mix of the existing project

Protection and Improvement of the Environment

As the proposal is for compliance to Auto Fuel Policy 2025, Environmental clearance from Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) is applicable

2.

The Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989 and its amendments

Handling of Hazardous Chemicals

Regulate the manufacture, storage and import of Hazardous Chemicals

Preparation/ update of On-site Emergency Preparedness Plan and submission to Factory inspectorate. Preparation/ update of Safety Report and submit to Factory inspectorate. Preparation of Material Safety Data Sheet.

3.

The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and its amendments.

New projects, Expansion modernization, change of product mix of the existing project, Existing plants

Prevention, control and abatement of water pollution

Consent to Establish and Consent to Operate from State Pollution Control Board to be obtained for expansion

4.

The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and its amendments.

New projects, Expansion /modernization, change of product mix of the existing project, Existing industries

Prevention, control and abatement of air pollution

Consent to Establish and Consent to Operate from State Pollution Control Board to be obtained for expansion

5.

The Hazardous and other wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement Rules) 2016 and Solid Waste Management Rules 2016

Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement of Hazardous waste

Prevention, Control and abatement of pollution

Hazardous waste Authorization from State Pollution Control Board to be obtained for expansion

6. The Environmental (Protection)Rules,1986 and its Amendments

New projects, Expansion/modernization change of product mix of the existing project, Existing industries

Protection and Improvement of the Environment

Environmental Standards as specified are to be complied. Submission of Environment Statement on yearly basis to Guwahati,PCB

7. The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000


To protect the workers and public from noise related problems

Noise control measure. Comply with Noise standards and submission of monthly report to Guwahati,PCB

EIA Report

39

S. No

Act and Rules applicable

Purpose Objective Applicability

8. The Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 and its amendments

Transportation of Hazardous Substance.

To provide immediate relief to persons affected by accident involving hazardous substances and also for Establishing an Environmental Relief fund

Provision of Liability Insurance Policy.

9. Factories Rules 1950 and its amendments.


Control of workplace environment, and providing for good health and safety of workers

Factory License from Factory inspectorate.

10. The Petroleum Act, 1934


Production, Storage and import of petroleum and provides the regulations for the safety and environmental measures

License to be acquired for storage and adequate safety measures are in place.

11. The Explosive Act, 1884


Production, Storage and import of explosive substance in and around the project and provides the regulations for the safety and environmental measures

Safety measures are to be complied for the storage of chemicals in the plant as per PESO guidelines.

12. The Central Motor Vehicle Act, 1988


Check the pollution load of vehicles inside the plant

Adequate environmental measures are put in place to check the vehicular emissions.

EIA Report

40

1.8 TOR Compliance

S. No

Terms of Reference Compliance

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTING ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR 4(a) PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRIES PROJECTS AND INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP REPORT

A. Standard TOR

1 Executive Summary Brief executive summary is enclosed in EIA report from page no. 17

2 Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation

M/s Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd., Chennai

NABET Accredited vide Certificate No.

NABET/EIA/1619/RA0083 Valid up to 29/09/2020 & MoEF Recognized Lab

vide F.No. Q-15018/13/2016-CPW)

Details provided in Chapter 12

ii. Information about the Project Proponent

Proponent details provided in Chapter 1, Section 1.1.

iii. Importance and Benefits of the Project Details provided in Chapter 8.

3 Project Description

i. Cost of project and Time of completion Details given in Chapter 2, Section 2.5, 2.6

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project

Detailed proposed facilities are given in Chapter-2, Section2.7.3

iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

Detailed of Existing facilities are given in Chapter-2, Section2.7.1

Existing EC obtained vide: J-11011/71/2012-IA-II(I)dated 22nd Jan 2015 and EC enclosed as Annexure 4

iv. List of Raw materials and their source with mode of transportation

Untreated Straight Run Naphtha, Wild

Naphtha and Coker Naphtha are

proposed feed streams.

v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

No storage facilities envisaged.

vi. Details of emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management

Air emission details given in Chapter 4,

Section 4.6.3 (Existing stacks emissions

provided in Table 4-1andProposed

stacks emissions providedTable 4-2)

Details of Existing and Proposed Water

requirement, effluent and sewage

quantity generated are given in Chapter

2, Section2.14

Details on water pollution control

measures are given in Chapter 2,

Section 2.16 and chapter 4, Section

EIA Report

41

S. No


4.8.3

Sewage is Biologically treated as a part

of the Combined ETP and standards are

met through the pH, Temp, TDS, TSS,

BOD, COD, Oil & greaseand reused in

the system.

Hazardous waste generated and

disposal given in chapter 2, Section

2.20.

vii.Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract)

Details of Existing and Proposed Water

requirement, given in Chapter 2,

Section2.14

Power and Fuel requirement details

provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.13

Manpower requirement details provided in Chapter 2, Section2.12

viii. Process description along with major equipment’s and machineries, process flow sheet (quantitative) from raw material to products to be provided

Proposed list of Equipment’s enclosed as Annexure 16

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems

Hazardous identification and details of proposed safety systems are detailed in Chapter 7, Section 7.2, &Annexure 10

x. Expansion/ modernization proposals (a) Copy of all Environmental

Clearance(s) including amendments thereto obtaining for the project from MoEF&CC/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest monitoring report of the Regional office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report

(b) In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking

Existing EC obtained vide: J-11011/71/2012-IA-II(I) dated 22nd Jan 2015 and EC enclosed as Annexure 4 Certified Compliance report enclosed as Annexure 5

EIA Report

42

S. No


EC under the provisions of the EIA notification 1994 and/or EIA notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish / No objection certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating in prior to EIA notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further compliance report to the conditions of Consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

4 Site Details

i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, justification for selecting the site. Whether other sites were considered

Location of the project site in detailed given in Chapter 1, Section 1.2.1 Alternate sites were not considered, justification provided in the Chapter 5, Section 5.2.

ii. A Topo sheet of the study area of radius of 10Km and site location on 1:50,000/ 1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet (including al eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

Details given in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.5

iii. Details w.r.t option analysis for selection of site

Alternate sites were not considered, justification provided in the Chapter 5, Section 5.2

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site

Site Coordinates with Lat. longs are given in Chapter 1, Section 1.2.1

v. Google map Earth downloaded of the project site

Googleearth map is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.3.

vi. Layout maps including existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

Layout map is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.11.2

vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site, existing, show photographs of plantations/greenbelt, in particular

Site Photographs are given in Chapter 2, Section2.11.1 Green Belt Photographs are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.18

viii. Land use break-up of total land of the project site (indicate and acquired), government/ private- agriculture, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included (not required for industrial area)

Details given in Chapter 2, Section2.11.2

ix. A list of major industries with name and type within the study area (10 km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area)

List of major industries with name and type within the study area (10 km radius) is provided in the Chapter 2, Section 2.4.

EIA Report

43

S. No


x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

Geo-hydrological status of District is provided in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.6,Section 3.5.8

xi. Details of drainage of the project upto 5km radius of the study area. If the site is within 1Km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum of Flood of the river shall also be provided (mega green field projects)

Drainage map of the study area around 10km radius is appended in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.9

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete procession of the land.

Land acquisition is not required as the proposed expansion is within the existing facility.

Land Documents are enclosed as Annexure 1

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy

Not applicable.

5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

i. Permission and approvals for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department (if applicable)

Not Applicable

ii. Land use map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forest land (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 Ha)

Not Applicable

iii. Status of application submitted for obtaining the stage I Forestry Clearance along with latest status shall be submitted

Not Applicable

iv. The projects to be located within 10 Km of the National parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.

Wild life clearance obtained for refinery vide WL/FG.35/Nodal Proposal/2015 Dated 22-12-2017 enclosed as Annexure 20

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area.

Not Applicable

vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection)

Not Applicable

EIA Report

44

S. No


Act, 1972 to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife.

6 Environmental Status

i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micrometeorological date using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall

The daily inversion level at the project site varies from 50 to 1750m during 6 AM to 6 PM, the maximum recorded at 5 PM, June 2017. Details given in Chapter 3, Section 3.6.2.3

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based on CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone, sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

AAQ locations detail is provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.6.3.1and monitoring results are provided in the Section 3.6.3.3

iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAAQM notification of Nov. 2009 along with- min-max, average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA report

Raw Data enclosed as Annexure 7

iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/ MoEF&CC guidelines.

Surface water quality at Eight locations is provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.8.2.

v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF& CC, if yes give details

No

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum 8 locations shall be included

Ground water monitoring results are provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.9.1

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

Noise level monitoring results are provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.7

viii. Soil characteristics as per CPCB guidelines

Soil monitoring results are provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.10

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

Details of Traffic study is given in Chapter 4, Section 4.6.4

x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna and found within the study area,

Flora and Fauna found within the study area are provided in Chapter 3, Section

Error! Reference source not found.

EIA Report

45

S. No


a Wildlife Conservation plan shall be prepared and furnished

xi. Socio-economic status of the study area

Socio-economic status of the study area is provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.12

7 Impact and Environmental Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, AQIP modeling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

Details provided in Chapter 4, Section 4.6.3

ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body.

Not Applicable

iii. Impact of the transport of raw material and end products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.

Raw material for the viz. Naphtha streams are internally produced in the refinery in various refinery processes and no external transportation is involved.

For Catalysts and chemicals used in the unit, the handling and storage is done as recommended by respective suppliers which lead to no/minimum external exposure in the environment.

iv. A note on treatment of waste water from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment, characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) rules.

Wastewater treatment and disposal details are provided in the Chapter 4, Section4.8.5

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

Details provided in chapter 4, Section 4.6.3&control measures are given in Chapter 9, Section 10.6.1.

vi. Measures for fugitive emission Details provided in Chapter 9, Section

EIA Report

46

S. No


control 10.6.1. All the tanks are installed in accordance with Environment Protection rule, OISD standards.

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management, Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/ reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

Details provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.20. Authorization for handling hazardous waste enclosed as Annexure9

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided.

No fly ash generation envisaged in the proposed project

ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33% area i.e., land with not less than 1500 trees per Ha. Giving details of Species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

The existing facility is already having 33% green belt area. In addition to this several plantation activities are being done and carried out by IOC.

x. Action plan for rain water harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources.

Details given in Chapter 9, Section 10.6.3

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost /annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included.

Total Capital cost for environmental pollution control measures is estimated to be Rs.216Lakhs. Chapter 9, Section 9.10

xii. Action plan for Post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted

As per IOCL Environment policy. Details provided in Chapter 6, Section 6.4

xiii. Onsite and offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster Management Plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.

Risk Assessment report enclosed as Annexure 10

ERDMP enclosed as Annexure 11

EIA Report

47

S. No


8 Occupational Health

i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers

As per IOCL HSE policy. Details provided in Chapter 9, Section 10.9

ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the worker’s health is being evaluated by pre-designed format, chest x-rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far and near vision, color vision and any other ocular defect), ECG, during pre-placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise.

Enclosed as Annexure 15

iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are Permissible Exposure level (PEL) if these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL. So that health of the workers can be preserved.

Work zone monitoring results enclosed as Annexure 17

iv. Annual report of health status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety


9 Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid down Environmental Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report

M/s IOCL, GR, Safety, Health and Environment Policy (SHE) provided in Chapter 9, Section10.7

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process/procedures to bring into focus any infringement/ deviation/ violation of the environemnt or forest norms/ conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA

A dedicated Environmental Management Cell (EMC) will be in force to bring into focus of any infringement/ deviation/ violation of the environemnt. Details provided in Chapter 9 and Section 10.8

iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given.

Hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance is provided in Chapter 9, Section 10.3

iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non-compliances/ violations of environemntal norms to the Board of Directors of the

Reporting mechanism detailed in Chapter 9, Section 10.3

EIA Report

48

S. No


company and/or Stakeholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.

The site layout indicating all the facilities is enclosed as Annexure 6.

Infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, restroom etc. shall be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.

11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5% of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with the bound action plan shall be included. Socio-Economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.

A total fund of Rs 3.05 Cr has been

allotted for implementation of CER

activities of CRU and CDU expansion

project of IOCL, Guwahati Refinery. As

per corporate guidelines for

Implementation of CER projects a

committee has been constituted with

three members to finalize the CER

projects in consultation with stakeholders

& regulatory /district authority. The CER

projects shall be undertaken preferably

within 2 years of project completion.

Implementation schedule for CRU project

is as follows: -

(1) Mechanical completion: 27 months

from investment approval

(2) Commissioning: within 2 months

after Mechanical Completion.

Approval for investment proposal is in progress.

12 Any litigation pending against the project and/ or any direction/ order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance /ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

No.

13 A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR

Point wise ToR compliance is provided in provided in Chapter 1& Section 1.8

EIA Report

49

S. No


B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA STUDIES FOR PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRY

1 Complete process flow diagram describing each unit, its capacity along-with material and energy balance.

Details Process description is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.7.3

Material and energy balance is provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.8

2 Details of intermediate product, their storages and final products to be manufactured.

Final products obtained from refinery are stored in existing Tank farm area. Existing products and storage tanks details are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.7.1 No Additional storages envisaged.

3 Sulphur balance giving input from crude, refinery fuel (if used) and any other outside fuel and output in various products and emissions.

Details provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.10

4 Details of proposed source-specific pollution control schemes and equipment to meet the national standards for petroleum refinery.


5 Details of emissions from all the stacks including volumetric flow rate.

Air emission details given in Chapter 4, Section 4.6.3

(Existing stacks emissions in Table 4-1 and Proposed stacks emissions in Table 4-2)

6 Details on availability of raw materials (crude oil, natural gas, chemicals, etc.), its source and storage at the plant.

Raw material for the proposed unit is Naphtha which is met from existing process. No additional storages envisaged

7 Details on mode of transportation of crude and products.

Existing mode of transport of crude is

through pipelines Details given in

chapter 2, Section 2.7.1.1

8 Details of storage capacity of crude and products.

Existing facility storage details are given

in Chapter 2, Section 2.7.1

9 Ambient air quality data should include hydrocarbon (methane and non-methane), VOC, Ni & V etc.

Details provided in Chapter 3, Section 3.6.3.4

10 Efforts to minimize water consumption, effluent discharge and to maintain quality of receiving water body.

Reuse of water shall be maximised with the help of ZLD type water treatment.

11 Details of effluent treatment plant, inlet and treated water quality with specific efficiency of each treatment unit in reduction in respect of all con corned/ regulated environmental parameters. Also, include treatment details such as primary (physico-chemical), secondary


EIA Report

50

S. No


(biological) and tertiary (Activated carbon filters) treatment systems.

12 Storm water management plan. Guwahati Refinery site already have a well-developed storm water network. Storm water is properly routed through proper network and finally discharged to Brahmaputra river.

13 Estimation SO2 and NOx emissions load. Details provided in Chapter 4, Section 4.6.3

14 Detailsonflaring system. No Flaring envisaged in this project. Existing Flare system details are given as Annexure 18

15 Details of VOCrecovery devices in the storage tanks.

Measures like availability of primary as well as secondary seals shall be implemented in all storage tanks

16 Arrangement for spill management. Details provided in Chapter 9, Section 10.6.3

17 Oily sludge management plan.

Oily sludge generated from ETP shall be recovered for oil through oil recovery module. The residual sludge shall be bio remediated using confined space bioremediation.

18 Risk Assessment & Disaster Management Plan

i. Identification of hazards ii. Consequence Analysis iii. Risk assessment should also

include leakages and location near to refinery & proposed measures for risk reduction.

iv. Arrangement for fire protection and control.

Risk Assessment Report enclosed as Annexure 10

The following general points shall be noted:

i. All documents shall be properly indexed, page numbered.

Accepted and Noted

ii. Period/date of data collection shall be clearly indicated.

Accepted and Noted

iii. Authenticated English translation of all material in Regional languages shall be provided.

Accepted and Noted

iv. The letter/application for environmental clearance shall quote the MOEF&CC file No. and also attach a copy of the letter.

Accepted and Noted

v. The copy of the letter received

from the Ministry shall be also attached as an annexure to the final EIA-EMP Report.

Accepted and Noted

EIA Report

51

S. No


vi. The index of the final EIA-EMP report must indicate the specific chapter and page no. of the EIA- EMP Report

Accepted and Noted

vii. While preparing the EIA report, the instructions for the proponents and instructions for the consultants issued by MOEF&CC vide O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006-IA.II (I) dated 4th August, 2009, which are available on the website of this Ministry shall also be followed.

Accepted and Noted

viii. The consultants involved in the preparation of EIA-EMP report after accreditation with Quality Council of India (QCl) /National Accreditation Board of Education and Training (NABET) would need to include a certificate in this regard in the EIA-EMP reports prepared by them and data provided by other organization/ Laboratories including their status of approvals etc. Name of the Consultant and the Accreditation details shall be posted on the EIA-EMP Report as well as on the cover of the Hard Copy of the Presentation material for EC presentation.

Accepted and Noted

EIA Report

52

S. No


ix. TOR' prescribed by the Expert

Appraisal Committee (Industry) shall be considered for preparation of EIA-EMP report for the project in addition to all the relevant information as per the 'Generic Structure of EIA' given in Appendix III and IIIA in the EIA Notification, 2006. Where the documents provided are in a language other than English, an English translation shall be provided. The draft EIA-EMP report shall be submitted to the State Pollution Control Board of the concerned State for conduct of Public Hearing. The SPCB shall conduct the Public Hearing/public consultation, district wise, as per the provisions of EIA notification, 2006. The Public Hearing shall be chaired by an Officer not below the rank of Additional District Magistrate. The issues raised in the Public Hearing and during the consultation process and the commitments made by the project proponent on the same shall be included separately in EIA-EMP Report in a separate chapter and summarised in a tabular chart with financial budget (capital and revenue) along with time-schedule of implementation for complying with the commitments made. The final EIA report shall be submitted to the Ministry for obtaining environmental clearance.

Accepted and Noted

Additional ToR

1. Public hearing is exempted under Para 7(ii) of EIA Notification, 2006

Accepted and Noted

2. Certified Compliance report of existing EC to be submitted


EIA Report

53

1.9 ADS Compliance submitted by IOC Guwahati is enclosed

S. No

Query Compliance

1 Detailed effluent treatment plan with Zero Liquid Discharge system.

Guwahati Refinery has taken proactive action where 97% of the effluent is reused and the rest of water shall be stored in the reservoir for reuse and reprocessing. A water reservoir pond is proposed in the location of ETP with 25000m3 capacity. Process flow diagram of ETP is given as Chapter 4; Figure 4.5

2 Revised water balance. Water balance has been revised and the same is given as Chapter 2; Figure 2.11&Figure 2.12.

3 Action taken report to be submitted and be forwarded by the Ministry’s Regional Office on the non-complied points in the existing EC conditions.

Six monthly reports on Status of Compliance of existing EC conditions are submitted to Regional Office, MoEF&CC, Shillong regularly. The Status of the Compliance of the General Remarks of

the Monitoring Report dated 21.5.2018 given by Regional Office, Shillong, MOEF&CC is enclosed. Out of 8

observations, 7 observationsare complied.

The non-compiled observation: Guwahati Refinery should submit action taken report to Regional office, on

NBWL conditions. i.e. (i) periodic monitoring of pollution level by the State Pollution Control Board in area

close to Amchang Wildlife Sanctuary and (ii) Man-

animal conflict mitigation is emergent need of that area. Fund may be provided by IOCL Guwahati Refinery,

which will be utilized for wildlife conservation and mitigation of Man-animal conflict (specified condition no

i).

IOC Guwahati reply: Discussion is in progress with PCCF, WL & Chief WL Warden, Assam on condition of NBWL clearance and action taken will be submitted to Regional Office, MoEF&CC, Shillong after finalization. However for one observation Guwahati Refinery has made repeated followup with PCCF of Wildlife for compliance of the recommendation. Compliance report is attached as Annexure-21.

4 Occupational health and preventive plan.

Occupational health and preventive plan is attached as Chapter 9; Section 10.9.

5 Wildlife conservation plan as per the ToR.

For General Remarks of the Monitoring Report dated 13.4.2018, Status of action taken for NBWL clearance Condition (i) is as follows: A. The environmental clearance for the lNDAdept and lNDMAX Revamp project of IOCL Guwahati Refinery was granted by Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC), GOI on 18/04/2016 with a condition that clearance from National Board for Wildlife is to be obtained in respect of Amchang Wildlife Sanctuary. B. Accordingly, an online application was submitted to Guwahati Wildlife Division for NBWL clearance on 31/08/2016 and the standing committee of NBWL finally recommended for both the projects in its 45th meeting held on 4th Sep 2017 with one of the following conditions:

EIA Report

54

S. No

Query Compliance

Man-Animal Conflict Mitigation is emergent need of the area closed to Amchang Wildlife Sanctuary. Therefore, it is pertinent that a fund may be provided by IOCL, Guwahati Refinery which will be utilized for Wildlife Conservation and mitigation of man-animal conflict. C. To comply on the above point, a meeting was held on March 19, 2018 in the office of the PCCF, WL and Chief Wildlife warden, Assam. D. PCCF, Assam was asked by Govt of Assam to submit a detailed plan vide letter dated 3rd July, 2019. E. Accordingly, a letter was sent from PCCF office to DFO, Wildlife, Guwahati to submit the mitigation plan for Amchang Wildlife Sanctuary on 10thJuly2019. The letter copy is attached as Annexure-22. F. IOCL Guwahati Refinery had meeting with Principal Chief Conservator of Forest and HoFF, Assam on 12.3.2020 to discuss the fund to be provided and also to provide the Mitigation plan. F. Proposed wild life conservation and mitigation plan by M/s. IOCL Guwahati is attached as Annexure-23.

6 Recommendations of the Standing Committee of NBWL for the proposed project.

IOCL Guwahati applied to Government of Assam Chief Conservator of Forest & Chief Wildlife Warden Office. Acknowledgement of the same is enclosed as Annexure-24.

7 Cumulative EMP for the Refinery.

Cumulative EMP for the Refinery is attached as Chapter 9; Section 10.7.

8 Plan for emission control at 100% efficiency.

All emission control equipment is running as per design. Emission control is taken care at design stage itself. Facilities for On-line Stack Monitoring for PM, CO, SOx &

NOx with connectivity to CPCB/ PCBA.

9 Details existing/ proposed coke boiler project in the refinery, if any, and plan for mitigation measures.

Existing/ proposed coke boiler project in the refinery and its mitigation measures are attached as Chapter 4; Section4.6.3.1.2.

10 CER plan. A total fund of Rs 3.05 Cr has been allotted for implementation of CER activities of CRU and CDU expansion project of IOCL, Guwahati Refinery. As per corporate guidelines for Implementation of CER projects a committee has been constituted with three members to finalize the CER projects in consultation with stakeholders & regulatory /district authority. The CER projects shall be undertaken preferably within 2 years of project completion. Implementation schedule for CRU project is as follows: - (1) Mechanical completion: 27 months from investment approval (2) Commissioning: within 2 months after Mechanical Completion. Approval for investment proposal is in progress.

EIA Report

55

CHAPTER 2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

EIA Report

56

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Project Description

Guwahati Refinery is one of the eight operating refineries owned by Indian Oil Corporation

Limited, and is located near the Brahmaputra River at Guwahati in the northeast part of

India. The refinery processes a mix of indigenously available crude of Assam and Low Sulfur

Imported crude, and caters to the requirements of the petroleum products of the region.

Inaugurated on 1st January 1962, Guwahati Refinery is the first public sector refinery in India

and was built using Rumanian technology available in the late 50s. The original crude oil

processing capacity of 0.75 MMTPA has been subsequently increased to 1.00 MMTPA. The

Refinery produces various products and supplies them to Northeastern India as well as

beyond, upto Siliguri end through the Guwahati-Siliguri Pipeline, spanning 435 KM, which

was the first Pipeline of Indian Oil and commissioned in 1964. Most of the products of

Guwahati Refinery are evacuated through pipeline and some quantity also through road

transportation. Guwahati refinery IOCL owned a land of 490 Acres of which Plant area is 132

Acres, 328 Acres is residential and miscellaneous area is 30 Acres. Land document

enclosed as Annexure 1.

2.1.1 Type of Project

The Octanizing (reforming) process is to produce high octane number reformate which is a

main component of the gasoline pool and a hydrogen rich gas. Octanizing feed is either

straight run naphtha or cracked naphtha mixed with straight run naphtha. Guwahati Refinery

(GR) proposes to install a New Semi Regenerative Type Catalytic Reforming Unit (CRU) unit

with 90 KTA design capacity. Proposed CRU consists of subsections viz. Naphtha Hydro

Treating, Fixed Bed Platforming and Benzene Saturation Section (BENSAT).

The proposed Semi Regenerative TypeCatalytic Reforming Unit (CRU)project is considered



Environmental Clearance from MoEF.

2.2 Need of the Project

The main objective of this project is to produce a high octane number reformate by octanizing

(reforming) process. The reformate isa main component of the gasoline pool. Octanizing feed

is either straight run naphtha or cracked naphtha mixed with straight run naphtha. The project

is of the utmost importance for the refinery to produce gasoline of desired octane number as

reformate is the major high octane stream in refinery gasoline blend.

EIA Report

57

2.3 Site Location

The proposed project site is located within premises of Guwahati refinery of IOCL atNoonmati

in Kamrup district of Assam state. Geographically, the NHDT-CRU unit site is located at

26º11’03.95”N, 91º48’32.88”E, at a distance of about 7 km from Guwahati railway station and

30 km from Guwahati International Airport. The general topography of the area is flat

surrounded by hilly regions and the general elevation of the site is 60-90 m AMSL. Index map

of the project site is given in Figure 1.1. Google Maps showing salient features of the project

within 15, 10, 5 and 1 km radius around the study area are shown in Figure 2.4, Figure 2.3,

Figure 2.2and Figure 2.1.

EIA Report

58

Figure 2.1 Google image showing salient features within 0- 1 Km radius

EIA Report

59

Figure 2.2 Google image showing salient features within 0- 5 Km radius

EIA Report

60

Figure 2.3Google image showing salient features 0- 10 Km Radius Map around the study region

EIA Report

61

Figure 2.4 Google image showing15, 10, 05, 01 Km radius map from the project site

EIA Report

62

2.4 Existing environmental setup

The site details and the surrounding features are summarized inTable 2-1.

Table 2-1 Salient features of project site

S. No Particulars Details

1 Geographical Location(Centre) 26°11'5.16"N, 91°48'33.05"E

2 Elevation above Mean Sea Level 60-90 m

3 Present Land Use Industrial

4 Nearest Railway Station Narengi, 1.85 km, E

5 Nearest Airport Guwahati Airport, 21.5km, W

6 Nearest Highway NH 37, ~6.9km, South

7 Nearest habitation /Village Refinery Complex, ~100m, towards West

8 Nearest Town Jyothi Nagar, ~ 1km, towards West

9 Nearest City Guwahati, ~6.8km, South West

10 Densely populated area Refinery Complex, ~100m, towards West

11 Water bodies

S. No

Description Distance

(km) Direction

1 Brahmaputra River 2.1 N

2 Bharalu River 2.92 SW

3 Sampathar Nadi 4.43 ENE

4 Moralouralu Nala 6.61 WSW

5 Mora Nala 6.87 SW

6 Bar Nadi 6.9 NW

7 Bardong Nala 8.65 SE

8 Silguri Nadi 8.65 NW

9 Jojoa Nadi 10.13 SW

10 Godiabil Nala 10.96 N

11 Umbhanga Nadi 13.27 SSE

12 Mudunkuri Nadi 14.94 NW

12

Reserved Forests/Protected Forests/ Notified Wildlife Sanctuary/Notified national parks/Ecologically sensitive areas

S. No


(km) Direction

1 Guwahati Zoo & Botanical Garden 2.29 SSW

2 Amchang RF/ WLS 3.51 E

3 Khanapara RF 6.89 SE

4 Mylliem RF 7.54 SSE

5 Garbhanga RF 8.4 SSW

6 Phatasil RF 8.64 WSW

7 Dirgheswar RF 8.74 NW

8 Marakdola RF 12.09 SE

9 Sila RF 12.55 WSW

10 Rani RF 13.83 SW

11 Agyathuri RF 14.65 WNW

13 Interstate boundary Assam & Meghalaya State Boundary ~6.99km, SSE

14 Defense Installations Nil

15 Archeologically Important places/sites

None

16. Important Tourist Places/ Religious Importance

None

17. Hills/Valleys The project site is within the range of Khasi Hills

EIA Report

63

Table 2-2 List of major Industries within 10km Radius from the project site

S. No Description Distance (~km) Direction

1 Assam Carbon private limited 2.57 E

2 Assam Carbon product 2.62 E

3 JICA WTP - Phase 2 3.87 WNW

4 Oil India limited. 2.6 ESE

5 PDP Steel Limited 2.51 E

6 India Carbon Factory. 0.9 E

7 DS Group 2.96 E

8 Assam Roofing Private limited 2.63 E

9 TATA Chemicals CFA 6.27 ENE

10 Guwahati Siliguri pipeline limited - IOCL. 0.18 E

11 Food Corporation of India Godown 1.34 W

12 R.M. Food Products 1.63 W

13 Kamakhya Motors (A TATA PVBU CHANNEL PARTNER) 1.62 W

14 Power Carbons Pvt 1.59 W

15 Prag Electricals pvt.ltd 1.6 W

16 SC Johnson Products Pvt. Ltd 1.64 W

17 Rajniganda Factory 1.45 W

18 Assam Small Industries Development Corporation Limited 1.48 W

19 M/s.Thakuruia Industries 1.65 W

20 NSIC Ltd 1.58 W

21 KEI Industries Ltd - Guwahati Branch 2.07 WSW

22 Sun Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd 9.4 SW

23 Kishlay Foods Pvt.Ltd 9.15 SW

24 Assam Plantation Crops Development Corporation Limited 9.13 SSW

25 Marico Limited Guwahati 9.05 SSW

26 Kamrup Exports Pvt Ltd 7.29 S

27 Excellent Dairy & Farming Pvt. Ltd. 7.15 S

28 Assam Seeds Corporation Limited 5.42 S

29 Bimala Industries 6.38 ENE

30 Karton Factory 3.43 ENE

31 M/s. Modern Pharma Company 6.17 W

32 132kV Kahilipara SS 6.34 SW

33 Ericsson India Pvt. Ltd 4.19 SSW

2.5 Project Cost

The estimated cost of the proposed unit is INR 296Crores and the estimated time of

mechanical completion is July’ 2021. The unit is scheduled for commissioning within 2

months after Mechanical Completion.

2.6 Proposed Schedule for Approval & Implementation

The Time Schedule for completion of the proposed project is given in Table 2-3.

EIA Report

64

Table 2-3 Time Schedule

S. No. Particulars Time Schedule

1 EC February2021

2 Consent to Establish from PCB April 2021

3 Civil Works After obtaining CTE

4 Erection & Installation of Machinery August 2021

5 Commissioning 2 months after Mechanical Completion

6 Consent to Operate from PCB Dec 2022

2.7 Project Details

2.7.1 Existing Facility

In the primary unit of the Refinery i.e., the Crude Distillation Unit (CDU), desalted crude from

the desalter is heated up through a series of heat exchangers and is fed into a pre

fractionator column. Here the lighter gases, LPG and unstabilised gasoline are separated.

The outputs from CDU are gasoline, Kero-I, Kero-II and Straight Run Gas Oil. Reduced

Coke Oil (RCO) which is the bottom product from the main fractionating column forms the

main raw material for Coking unit and Indmax.

Gasoline from the main fractionator is fed into Naptha Splitter where it is separated into

three different fractions namely Light Naphtha (LN), Reformate Naptha (RN) and Heavy

Naptha (HN). LN forms the feed for Hydrogen unit, while RN is a component in the gasoline

pool and HN is fed to the Hydro Treater unit.

With its main secondary unit, the Delayed Coking Unit (DCU), the Refinery produces middle

distillates from heavy ends. Main feedstock to DCU is RCO, which is heated to high

temperatures of about 5000C in a furnace. Due to high temperatures, RCO is thermally

cracked and yields various hydrocarbon fractions like LPG, coker gasoline, coker kerosene,

coker gas oil, coker fuel oil, residual fuel oil and coke. An upcoming project in the Refinery is

modernization of DCU chambers with new Coke Cutting System and Heading-Unheading

System.

The Hydrotreating Unit was commissioned at Guwahati Refinery in 2002 for improving the

quality of High Speed Diesel (HSD) by removal of Sulphur and boosting the Cetane Number

of HSD and smoke point of SKO and ATF.

The Sulphur Recovery Unit in the Refinery takes care of the sour off gases from the various

units for removal of Hydrogen Sulphide. This is done by Amine treatment after which sulphur

is recovered from the off gases.

EIA Report

65

With growing environmental consciousness, Guwahati Refinery has ventured into

ecologically friendly fuel and subsequently installed MSQ, HydroTreater and INDAdeptG.

The MSQ and INDAdeptG units produce MS conforming to BS IV norms (sulphur < 50ppm).

The HydroTreater Unit (HDT) enables the Refinery to produce High Speed Diesel of very

low sulphur. Existing production facilities are given in Table 2-4.

The main products currently manufactured in Guwahati Refinery are listed below:

i) Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG)

ii) Motor Spirit (MS)

iii) Superior Kerosene Oil (SKO)

iv) Aviation Turbine Fuel (ATF)

v) High Speed Diesel (HSD)

vi) Light Diesel Oil (LDO)

vii) Sulphur (S)

viii) Low Sulphur Heavy Stock (LSHS)

ix) Raw Petroleum Coke (RPC)

Table 2-4Production Facilities

S. No Units Installed Capacity (MMTA)

Year of commissioning Licensor

1. CDU 1.0 Revamped1986 & 2000 RUMANIAN / EIL

2. DCU 0.33 1962 RUMANIAN

3. NSF 0.13 1984 EIL

4. ISOSIV 0.13 2002 UOP

5. HDT 0.66 2002 UOP

6. HGU 10 2002 TECHNIP BENELUX

7. SRU 5 TPD 2002 EIL

8. ISOM 0.045 2010 AXEN

9. INDMAX 0.15 2016

10. INDADEPTG 35 TMTA 2017 IOC-R&D

Table 2-5Thermal Power Station (TPS)

Steam Power

Boilers Steam Turbine Generators (STGs)

2 x 50 MT/hr 2 X 8 MW

1 x 40 MT/hr 1 x 12 MW

2 x 20 MT/hr

Offsite Facilities

i. 1 Railway Tank Wagon Gantry – 50 wagon capacity

ii. 1 Tank Truck Loading (TTL) facility – 7 bays

iii. Offsite Storage tanks -73 no’s given in

EIA Report

66

Table 2-6 Storage Facilities

S. No Tank No Service Capacity

(KL) Roof Type Dia.(m) HT.(m)

1 2 RCO 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7

2 3 IFO 5000 FIXEDROOF 22.8 11.7

3 4 RCO 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7

4 5 RCO 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7

5 6 RCO 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7

6 7 RCO 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7

7 8 RCO 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7

8 9 MS 5000 FLOATING ROOF 22.9 13.6

9 10 MS 5000 FLOATING ROOF 22.9 13.6

10 11 MS 5000 FLOATING ROOF 22.9 13.6

11 12 HSD 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.3 11.7

12 13 SKO 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7

13 14 HSD 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7

14 15 TCO 2000 FIXED ROOF 15.25 11.74

15 16 SKO 2000 FIXED ROOF 15.25 11.74

16 17 SLOPS 2000 FIXED ROOF 15.25 11.74

17 18 CLO 2000 FIXED ROOF 15.25 11.74

18 19 RCO 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7

19 20 LDO 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7

20 21 HSD 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7

21 22 HSD 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7

22 23 HSD 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7

23 24 RFO 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7

24 25 IFO 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7

25 26 MS component 5000 FIXED-FLOATING 22.9 13

26 27 MS component 5000 FIXED-FLOATING 22.9 13

27 28 HSD 5000 FLOATING ROOF 22.9 13.6

28 29 HSD 5000 FLOATING ROOF 22.9 13.6

29 56 SLOPS 1500 FIXED ROOF 12 13.26

30 58 HSD 5000 FLOATING ROOF 22.9 13

31 59 HSD 5000 FLOATING ROOF 22.9 13

32 60 SLOPS 2000 FIXED ROOF 12 8.93

33 70 ATF 2000 FIXED ROOF 15 12.6

34 78 ATF 2000 FIXED ROOF 15 12.6

35 79 ATF 2000 FIXED ROOF 15 12.6

36 80 CRUDE OIL 10000 FLOATING ROOF 32.5 14.43



39 83 MS component 2000 FLOATING ROOF 16 12

40 84 NAPHTHA 2000 FLOATING ROOF 16 12

41 00B1 LDO 200 FIXED ROOF 6.68 6.87

EIA Report

67

S. No Tank No Service Capacity

(KL) Roof Type Dia.(m) HT.(m)

42 00B2 MS 200 FIXED ROOF 6.68 6.87

43 00B3 MS 200 FIXED ROOF 6.68 6.87

44 00B4 EHN 700 FIXED ROOF 10 9.8

45 00B5 HSD 700 FIXED ROOF 10 9.8

46 00B6 MS component 500 FLOATING ROOF 10 9.8

47 00B7 MS component 500 FLOATING ROOF 10 9.8

48 001A RN 2000 FIXED-FLOATING 16 12

49 001B RN 2000 FIXED-FLOATING 16 12

50 001C RN 2000 FIXED-FLOATING 16 12

51 ODH1 SLOPS 400 FIXED ROOF 7.3 8.67

52 ODH2 SLOPS 400 FIXED ROOF 7.3 8.67

53 85 LIGHT NAPH. 5000 FLOATING ROOF 23 14

54 86 LIGHT NAPH. 5000 FLOATING ROOF 23 14



57 89 HDT-ATF 5000 FLOATING ROOF 23 14

58 90 HDT-KERO 5000 FLOATING ROOF 23 14



61 93 NAPHTHA 5000 FLOATING ROOF 24 11.1

62 94 SKO 5000 FLOATING ROOF 24 11.1

63 95 MRN 1000 FIXED-FLOATING 12 11

64 96 MRN 1000 FIXED-FLOATING 12 11

65 97 CFO 1000 FIXED ROOF 12 11

66 98 CFO 1000 FIXED ROOF 12 11

67 99 HDT-HSD 10000 FIXED-FLOATING 34 11.1




71 103 NAPHTHA 2000 FIXED-FLOATING 12 14.5



74 106 MS 5000 FIXED-FLOATING 15 20.6

2.7.1.1 Raw Materials &Mode of Transport

The crude oil is supplied from Assam fields by M/s OIL INDIA LIMITED ONGC through a

cross-country pipeline. Imported crude received through rakes ex Baruni refinery and

processing at GR was started in January 2017.

The finished products are dispatched from the refinery to meet the region’s demand

through product pipe line, tank lorries & tank wagons. A tank lorry gantry is with 26

EIA Report

68

loading points & a tank wagon gantry with 59 loading points. Pump house in OM&S area

are four. Pipeline length inside refinery is 0.5 km and is emergency plan is maintained by

GSPL.

After meeting the local demand for petroleum products, the excess products are pumped

to Siliguri/ Betkuchi through the 426 km long Guwahati – Siliguri product pipeline. This

product pipeline is also India’s first public sector product pipeline.

This facility includes two hydrogen bullets of 100 M3 capacity at a pressure of 50 kg/cm2,

one loading/ unloading hydrogen compressor and the facility for unloading H2 from

cylinders.

There are two LPG mounded bullet of 750 m3 capacity each, two LPG Horton sphere of

400 m3 capacity each to store it. LPG is dispatched through tank truck lorries on weight

basis.

2.7.2 Firefightingappliances/equipments/chemicals

Table 2-7 List of firefighting equipments available

S. No Mobile Appliances Quantities

1. Foam Tender 3

2. DCP Tender 1

3. Hydraulic Platform Bronoto skylift 1

4. Emergency Rescue Tender 1

5. Foam Nurser 1

6. Trolley Mounted HVLRM Capacity (1000/2000 GPM each) 2

7. Trolley Mounted HVLRM Capacity (500/1000 GPM each) with Foam Tank

1

8. Trailer Fire Water pump 1

Fixed Appliances

9. Jockey pump (150 m3/hr capacity each) 2

10. Diesel Booster Pump (450 m3/hr capacity each) 7

11. Electric Booster Pump (450 m3/hr capacity each) 5

12. Water storage Tanks (Total storage capacity 13350 m3) 4

13. Fire water Hydrants 385

14. Fire water Monitor 136

15. High volume long range monitors (Fixed Type) (2000 GPM each) 7

16. Variable flow (2000/4000 GPM) Remote HVLR 17

17. Variable Flow (1000/2000 GPM) Remote HVLR 6

18. Variable Flow (500/1000 GPM) manual HVLR 4

19. Flow (5000 GPM) remote HVLR 4

20. Overhead Foam storage tanks (Total Storage 24+14 KL) 2

21. DCP fire extinguishers of capacity 10 kg, 25 kg and 75 kg 734

22. CO2 extinguishers of capacity 2 kg, 4.5 kg, 6.8 kg & 9 kg 72

23. Clean agent extinguishers 2 kg & 4 kg 29

24. Water Spray system in storage tanks 53

25. Foam pourer provided in 72 Storage tank 77

EIA Report

69

S. No Mobile Appliances Quantities

26. Water spray system in TWUL, TTL (LPG), LPG & H2 storage facilities

Stock of fire Fighting Agent

27. Aqueous film forming foam 90 KL

28. Dry Chemical Powder 3600 kg

29. Fire Control Room

30. Fire Alarm Point 154 Nos

31. Fire Siren 7 Nos

2.7.3 Proposed Facility

Detailed Process Description

NHT Section

The NHT will make a major contribution to the ease of operation and economy of the new

CRU unit. Much greater flexibility is afforded in the choice of allowable charge stocks.

The untreated naphtha feed from various sources is pumped and mixed with hydrogen-rich

recycle gas, preheated by exchange against reactor effluent and then heated to reaction

temperature by the fired charge heater before passing to the reactor. Heat integration is

provided to minimize the utilities associated with the fired heater and product condenser.

In the reactor, the sulfur and nitrogen impurities contained in the feed are converted to

H2S and NH3 over the hydro treating catalyst. Any olefins and diolefins present in the feed

are hydrogenated to the corresponding paraffins. This hydrogenation reaction is

exothermic, but the exothermic heat is relatively small as the quantities of this

unsaturated material will be relatively small.

The reactor configuration is down-flow to ensure maximum utilization of catalyst. It also

allows for the removal of scale and debris, which collects in all hydro treating units, by

skimming the upper layer of catalyst during a unit turn around.

The reactor effluent containing hydro treated light naphtha, hydrogen-rich gas, hydrogen

sulfide and ammonia, is cooled by exchange against the combined feed and is then

mixed with wash water that is injected from the condensate injection tank. The water is

added to wash off any ammonium salts which may form in the downstream equipment as

the reactor effluent is cooled. The effluent mixture is then cooled in the reactor product

condenser and the vapor, hydrocarbon liquid and sour water are separated in the product

separator.

The product separator contains a coalesce to ensure good separation of the three

phases. The separator vapor passes to the recycle gas compressor suction drum and

EIA Report

70

then to the recycle gas compressor. Makeup hydrogen is supplied directly via CRU net gas

compressor and is introduced upstream of the reactor products condenser.

The sour water from the product separator is sent to as our water header located outside

the unit battery limits. The hydrocarbon liquid is fed to the stripper column under level

control. The stripper feed is preheated by exchange with the stripper column bottoms before

entering the stripper column.

The stripper column overheadvapors are partially condensed in the stripper condenser and

pass to the stripper overheadreceiver. The net overhead product (off gases) from this

column is a hydrocarbon rich gas containing hydrogen sulfide and ammonia which is sent

outsidethebatterylimitstorefineryFuelGasTreatingsystem.Hydrocarbonliquidfromthe stripper

overheadreceiver is returned to the column as reflux and any separated water is drained off

intermittently to the sour water header. The column bottoms are reboiled by the stripper

reboiler which is a steam heated reboiler. The treated naphtha is then sent to the CRU unit.

The stripper column would be designed to remove H2S and the C1-C4 hydrocarbons in the

hydro treated product. The NHT process unit is specified with Cat trap 10 and 30 to mitigate

any pressure drop rise due to particulates that might enter the unit.

A simplified typical flow diagram of the NHT process is shown in Figure 2.5.

Figure 2.5Flow diagram of the NHT process

EIA Report

71

Semi-RegenerativeCRUUnit

The purpose of the CRU process is to produce aromatics from the naphthene sand

paraffin, either for use as a motor fuel (because of their very high octane ratings) or as a

source of specific aromatic compounds.

Hydrotreated heavy naphtha is mixed with recycle hydrogen and then preheated by heat

exchange with reactor effluent in the combined feed exchanger (CFE). The combined feed

is then raised to their action temperature in the charge heater and sent to the reactor

section. The combined feed passes through a series of 3 reactors. Interheaters are used to

raise the reactor effluent back to the desired reactor inlet temperature. The effluent from the

last reactor is cooled in the CFE and products condenser before passing to the product

separator.

The reactors are down flow or radial flow reactors. Vapour from the product separator is

split into two streams: recycle gas and hydrogen rich net gas. The recycle compressor

compresses the total separator off gas with the recycle gas required which is sent to the

reactor section, while the net gas is sent to the product recovery section. The product

recovery section consists of an absorption column and net gas compression scheme.

Unstabilized reformate from the product recovery section is fed to the Stabilizer/

Debutanizer column. Net gas from the over head receiver is recycled to the product

recovery section. Stabilized reformate is directly run down to the downstream aromatics

complex. There is also a C6 rich side cut from taken from the Stabilizer column which is

routed to the Benzene Saturation section which is required to meet the specification of

benzene in Gasoline. Alternatively, Stabilized reformate is cooled against the column feed

and then with a product cooler before it is sent to storage. The stabilizer bottoms are

blended with the benzene saturated liquid from the benzene saturation section and is routed

to the Gasoline pool. The offgas generated from the Benzene saturation section is recycled

back to the CRU section absorption section for LPG recovery.

Flue gas from the NHT charge heater, CRU charge heater and inter heaters is sent to a

common convection section. This is used to generate high pressure steam. This high-

pressure steam is used for process heating of the stabilizer reboiler and the remaining is

exported to the refinery steam header.

EIA Report

72

A simplified typical flow diagram of the Semi-Regenerative process is shown in Figure 2.6

Figure 2.6Flow chart of semi – regenerative process

Benzene Saturation Section (BENSAT)

The UOP BenSat Process is specifically designed to reduce benzene in light naphtha and/or

light reformate streams. This is accomplished by the catalytic hydrogenation of benzene.

The reactions take place in a hydrogen atmosphere, over a fixed bed of catalyst, and at

operating conditions that minimize hydrocracking.

The process is simple and straightforward in design and operation and trouble-free in

performance permitting a minimum of staffing and supervision. Operating conditions are not

severe as reflected by moderate operating pressure, low temperatures, high catalyst space

velocity, and low hydrogen partial pressure requirements.

Except for normal hydro treating, the BenSat Process requires neitherspecial feed pre-

treatment nor especially sharp or costly prefractionation for removal of C6

cyclic or C7+.

BenSat affords the refiner considerable flexibility in the choice of feedstocks both at the time

of design or after the unit is constructed, the latter being important as changes in the overall

refinery processing scheme occur in response to changing market situations.

The major elements of the BenSat Unit are the feed surge drum, makeup gas sulfur guard

bed, liquid naphtha sulfur guard bed, saturation receiver, saturation reactor, associated

heaters and exchangers, makeup gas compressor, and product stabilizer.

EIA Report

73

The reactor section is designed to hydrogenate benzene without any significant side

reactions. The saturation reactor operates at a high space velocity allowing a relatively small

reactor size.

The benzene hydrogenation reaction is highly exothermic and the temperature increases

across the reactor. Reactor feed and effluent exchangers recover much of the heat

generated by the reaction to minimize utility costs. The design of the reactor section provides

the flexibility to adapt to varying levels of benzene charge.

A stabilizer column separates the hydrogen saturated product from the light gases present in

the reactor section.

The quantity of stabilizer gas is small, due to the selective nature of the catalyst which

permits very little hydrocracking of the light naphtha or light reformate charge to take place.

The stabilizer gas contains the hydrogen not consumed in the reactor and the light gases

(C1 through C4) introduced with the makeup gas and produced in the reactor as a result of

cracking

EIA Report

74

Figure 2.7Typical Flow Diagram of BENSAT

Table 2-8Proposed Utilities

S.No Description UOM NHT Fixed Bed

Platforming Unit

BENSAT Total

1 Heat Duty MMKcal/hr 0.50 6.61 0.00 7.11

2 Power KW 97.50 703.5 16.90 817.90

3 Steam Tonne/hr 1.32 -1.34 0.68 0.66

4 BFW Tonne/hr 0.23 4.26 0.05 4.54

5 Cooling water

M3/hr 10.00 315.00 111.00 436.00

*Figuresare taken from Licensor design package and may slightly change during detailed

engineering

List of proposed equipments are enclosed as Annexure- 16

EIA Report

75

2.8 Material Balance

A. NHT unit

Table 2-9 NHT Unit

Name In/Out Flow rate (kg/hr)

Design Case 1 Design Case 2

Naphtha Feed In 11250 11250

Make Up Gas from CRU In 22 18

Off Gas Out 37 39

Heavy Naphtha to CRU Out 11235 11229

B. Semi Regenerative CRU Unit (Including Bensat Unit)

Table 2-10 Semi Regenerative CRU Unit

Name In/Out Flow rate (kg/hr)

Case 1

- SOR

Case 1

- EOR

Case 2

- SOR

Case 2

- EOR

Naphtha Stripper Bottoms In 11235 11235 11229 11229

Net Hydrogen Rich Gas (1) Out 754 796 798 856

Reformate Out 10319 10126 10331 10218

Hydrogen Rich Gas to NHT Out 22 22 18 18

LPG Out 140 291 82 137

C. Complex Wide Material Balance – Design Case 1 & Design Case 2

Table 2-11 Complex Wide Material Balance

Name In/Out Flow Rate (kg/hr)

Design Case 1 Design Case 2

SOR EOR SOR EOR

Naphtha Feed In 11250 11250 11250 11250

Net Hydrogen Rich Gas (1) Out 754 796 798 856

Reformate Out 10319 10126 10331 10218

LPG Out 140 291 82 137

Off Gas from the Complex Out 37 37 39 39

Notes:

1. The flow rate represented is the total net gas rate.

The purity of net gas is as follows:

• 92.6 mol % for Case 1 SOR & 91.3 mol %for Case 1 EOR

• 92.8 mol % for Case 2 SOR & 91.7 mol % for Case 2 EOR

EIA Report

76

2.9 Fuel Oil Characteristics

Table 2-12 Fuel Oil Characteristics

Fuel Oil

S.No Property Units Values

1 Density @ 15OC Kg/m3 0.9615

2 Acidity (Inorgnic) Mg KOH/gm Nil

3 Total Sulphur %mass 0.45

4 Ash Percent % wt .024

5 Flash Point OC >100

6 Pour Point OC +21

7 C/H Ratio - 7.63744

8 CCR %wt 2.4

9 Water Content %v 1.70

10 Sed/ Ex. %wt 0.18

11 Viscosity @ 70.c Cr 11.26

12 [email protected] -- 7.58

13 Gross Cal. Value Kcal/kg 10241.34

14 Net Cal. Value -- 9660

Source: M/s GR

Table 2-13 Fuel gas composition

Components Mol % M.Wt Wt %

CH4 39.5 16 33.89

C2H6 11.2 30 17.95

C2H4 6.2 28 9.35

C3H8 3 44 7.12

C3H6 1.2 40 2.47

i-C4 0.5 58 1.53

n-C4 0.6 58 1.99

Trans-2-butane 0 56 0.12

Butene-1 0 56 0.04

Iso-butylene 0 54 0.05

Cis-2butene 0.1 56 0.17

i-C5 0.8 72 3.17

n-C5 0.5 72 1.98

1,3 butadiene 0 54 0

C6+ 0.5 70 1.8

C5 Olefins 0.5 86 2.32

H2 26.9 2 2.89

O2 0.3 32 0.54

2.10 Sulfur Balance

Detailed Sulfur balance is given in Table 2-14.

Table 2-14 Sulfur balance for Proposed Revamp

S. No Feeds TMTPA Sulfur (PPMW) Sulfur(MTPA)

1 Straight Run Naphtha 71 50 3.55

2 Wild Naphtha 9 10 0.09

3 Coker Naphtha 10 1660 16.6

EIA Report

77

S. No Feeds TMTPA Sulfur (PPMW) Sulfur(MTPA)

Total 90 20.24

Product

1 S converted to H2S across Naphtha Hydrotreater 20.2

2.11 Plot area

The proposed project is planned within the existing facility of M/s IOCL (GR). The total land

area is 490 Acres. Plot plan and greenbelt area are shown below inFigure2.9andalso

attached as Annexure – 6.

2.11.1 Site Photographs

Site Photographs of proposed facility given in Figure 2.8.

Figure 2.8Proposed Site Photographs

2.11.2 Land Area Breakup

Detailed Land breakup is summarized inTable 2-15.

22-12-2017 22-12-2017

22-12-2017 22-12-2017

EIA Report

78

Table 2-15 Land use planning of the Project Site

S. No Site Name Acres %


1 Plant Area 209 -- 209



36 0 36 7.35

1(c) Miscellaneous 30 -1.23 28.77 5.87

2 Residential area

281 0 281 (Sector 1, 2 & 3)

2(a) Built up Area 112.4 0 112.4 22.94


168.6 0 168.6 34.41

Total Area (1 + 2) 490 0 490 100

Total Green Belt 1(b)+2(b)

204.6 0 204.6 41.76

Note: Due to space constraint 33% green belt cannot be expanded inside the refinery.

However, the plantation is taken up in and around the refinery and township areas.

Additional Plantation activities are being submitted to RO MOEF through Six monthly post

EC compliance reports and being certified. (Copies enclosed as Annexure 5)

The Refinery has good Green Belt cover around its boundary and it would act as the buffer

zone. Since the proposed unit will be located within the existing plant area, development of

green belt may not be required.

In order to maintain the natural green surrounding the Refinery, it is observed that tree

plantation is carried out on a regular basis to replace the old trees and to plant new ones. A

large number of trees (including local fruit trees) have been planted in the surrounding area

and Ecological parks have been developed in this area and also in township (sectors 1, 2

and 3).

EIA Report

79

Figure2.9 Existing and ProposedSite Layout

EIA Report

80

Figure2.10Green Belt Area within Refinery Complex demarcated on Google Earth Image

EIA Report

81

2.12 Man Power Requirement


on various skills. The Total Man power requirement of the project (shift wise) is given in

Table 2-16&Table 2-17.

Table 2-16Construction Phase


1. Contract 300

2. Permanent 0

3. Total 300

Table 2-17Operation Phase

S. No

Shift wise requirement Manpower


1 A shift 106 6 112

2 B shift 110 5 115

3 C shift 92 5 97

4 General (48 hrs) 104 0 104

5 General (36 hrs) 324 0 324

6 CISF 290 0 290


8 Helper 17 0 17

Total 1538 16 1554

2.13 Power & Fuel Requirements

Table 2-18Fuel requirement & Power Details

Details Capacity



Fuel Oil(KLPH) 10.5 0.66 11.16 CFO/RFO blend, brought from Digboi ref.


2.14 Water Requirement


generated are summarized below in Table 2-19.

Existing

Total water requirement of the existing facility is 551.30 KLPH of which fresh water


EIA Report

82

Proposed


requirement is 162KLPH

EIA Report

83

Table 2-19 Existing and proposed water requirements

S.

N

o

Descrip

tion

Existing (KLPH) Proposed (KLPH) Total (KLPH) Remarks

Total

Water

Fresh

Water

Treated

Water

Use

Water

from

DM

Effluent/

Sewage

Generate

d Loss

Total

Water

Fresh

Water

Treate

d

Water

Use

Wat

er

fro

m

DM

Effluent

/

Sewage

Genera

ted

Loss

Tota

l

Wat

er

Fresh

Water

Treated

Water

Use

Wat

er

fro

m

DM

Effluent

/

Sewag

e

Genera

ted

Loss

1 DM

Plant 112 112 0 0 10 5 -26.3 -26.3 0 0 -7 -2 85.7 85.7 0 0 3 3

Regeneration

Sent to ETP

a Boiler 134 0 55 79 59 20 -67.2 0 -55 -12.2 -54.5 42.3 66.8 0 0 66.8 4.5 62.3 Blow Down

Sent to ETP

b Process 18 0 0 18 18 0 -2.1 0 0 -2.1 -2.1 0 15.9 0 0 15.9 15.9 0 Blow Down

Sent to ETP

2 Cooling

Tower 300.3 197.93 102.37 0 27.3 273 -94.6 -141.23 46.63 0 96.5 -201.1

205.7

56.7 149 0 123.8 71.9 Blow Down

Sent to ETP

3 Green

Belt 5 5 0 0 0 5 1 -5 6 0 0 -5 6 0 6 0 0 0

4 Domesti

c 20 20 0 0 18 2 -12 -12 0 0 -12 0 8 8 0 0 6 2

Sent to ETP

5 Flushin

g 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 9 0 9 0 9 0 9 0 9 0

6 Service

water 50 30 20 0 40 10 -49 -29 -20 0 -39 -10 1 1 0 0 1 0

Sent to ETP

7 Fire

water 64 34 30 0 40 24 -33.4 -23.4 -10 0 -15 -18.4 30.6 10.6 20 0 25 5.6

Sent to ETP

Total 703.3 398.93 207.37 97 212.30 339 -274.6 -236.93 -23.37 -14.3 -24.1 -194.2 428.

7 162 184 82.7 188.2 144.8

Source: M/S IOC-GR

Note: Existing: Out of 212.30KLPH of Effluent generated 142.37KLPH of treated effluent is reused in the system. 16.58 KLPH is discharged into Brahmaputra river and 43 KLPH Net Discharge to

storm water channel excluding evaporation & Ground Losses

Proposed: Out of 185.7KLPH of effluent generated 184KLPH of treated effluent is reused in the system. 4.2 KLPH discharged into Water reservoir pond excluding evaporation & Ground Losses

EIA Report

84

Figure 2.11Water Balance chart of Existing Unit

EIA Report

85

Figure 2.12Water Balance for Proposed Unit

EIA Report

86

2.15 Source of water Supply

Freshwater requirement is met from River Brahmaputra. Permission Letter from

CGWA/ local administration enclosed as Annexure19.

2.16 Water Pollution Control Measures

Existing





service water.

Proposed





Detailed process of Effluent treatment is given in section 4.7.3

2.17 Air Pollution Control Measures

Table 2-20 Air Pollution Control Measures

S. No Description Unit Flue Gas

Characteristics Control Measures

1 Semi

Regenerative Type CRU

CRU Flow: 14.5 MT/hr Sox: 36.5 ppmw NOx:29.6 ppmw

Only fuel gas firing has been considered which

will minimize NOX & SO2 emission

Note:

i. Only fuel gas firing has been considered in all heaters which has lower

sulphur as compared to refinery fuel oil.

ii. Ultra-low NOx burners have been considered to improve upon fuel efficiency

and emission control.

EIA Report

87

2.18 Green Belt

Eco-park at Guwahati Refinery

Guwahati Refinery had created the eco-park covering an area of approximately

40000 m2. Nestled amidst verdant sylvan surrounding bounded by evergreen teak

plantation infused with regular pre-seasonal and seasonal rains and a blooming

water lily filled pond, the eco-park with a sprawling English landscaped garden of

approximately 5500 m2 at sector-1 township is the fitting venue of bio-diversity.

Moreover, Guwahati Refinery is also developed two more eco-gardens in Sector-II

and Sector-III township and are of approximately 4200 m2 and 6500 m2.

Photographs of Eco-park at Guwahati Refinery is given in Figure2.13

Figure2.13 Ecopark at Guwahati Refinery

The green belt area is the nesting place of local species of birds like swan, crane,

heron, crow, sparrow, kingfisher, eagle, cuckoo, common myna and other species of

local birds. The pond amidst the eco-park is the home for local species of aquatic

birds like heron, crane, duck, kingfisher etc. Besides the birds some local animals

like Deer, Rabbit, Monkey, Fox, Mongoose, Snakes, Chameleon. Lizard etc. are

also spotted visiting the eco-park The surrounding of the pond is planted with local

variety of flora like Cardinal, Lemon Grass, Fortune’s spindle, Silver mound, Cycas,

Rose, Palm, Jackfruit, Cashew, Guava, Mango, Elephant apple, Bakula, Hilikha,

Nahar etc

EIA Report

88

Figure2.14 Species in Eco-park at Guwahati Refinery

Guwahati Refinery with the theme of “PRAKRITI KE SAATH, PRAGATI KI O’R”, is

extensively focused on natural harmony with the preservation of surrounding and its

bio-diversity with some of the following activities: -

Plantation of 5000 nos. of trees is carried out in partnership with NHAI along the NH-

31 in the year 2016-17 under PETROTECH CARBON NEUTRALITY event.

Plantation of a total of 20000 teak trees, 12975 local species like Guava, Mango,

Elephant apple etc. and 100 Bakul, Nahar was carried out in the preceding years to

create Green Belt area in Sec-1.

Help of Forest Department, Assam, was sought in developing green belt/ eco-park.

Plantation of 1000 trees in sector II was carried out according to Akira Miyakawi

method developed by Japanese botanist with the help of CPCB Shillong.

Photographs of species& trees in Ecopark is given in Figure2.14&Figure2.15

EIA Report

89

Figure2.15 Trees in Eco-park at Guwahati Refinery

2.19 Municipal Solid Waste Management




the contractor as per Construction and Demolition Waste Rules 2016.


During operation phase a total of 97.2 Kg/day of solid waste is generated of which


disposed through authorized vendors.

EIA Report

90

Table 2-21Organic & Inorganic Solid Waste details

S. No

List of Items


Remarks

Existing Proposed

1 Organic waste

36 4.3 40.3 Composted and used as Manure for Green Belt

2 Inorganic waste

54 2.9 56.9 Disposed through Authorized PCB vendors

Total 90 7.2 97.2

As per CPCB 0.45 kg/ capita/ day

2.20 Hazardous Waste Management

Table 2-22 Hazardous Waste details


Category


Existing Proposed

1 Spent Catalyst

4.2 69.43 0.99

Proposed Catalyst: Nickel

based Bimetallic

Composition:

Ni, Moand Sulfur

Frequency: 3 Yrs.

Disposal Method:

Authorized vendors for

Land Fill

2

NetGasChloride

treating

Adsorbent (CRU

Unit)

-- 0.788

Composition:

Activated Alumina

Frequency: Once in

everysix months

Disposal Method:


Land Fill

3

Makeup Gas

Sulfur Guard

Bed (BENSAT

Unit)

-- 0.176

Composition:

CopperOxide, Aluminum

Oxide, SodiumOxide

Frequency: 1 Yr

Disposal Method:


Land Fill

4

Liquid Feed

Sulfur Guard

Bed (BENSAT

Unit)

-- 0.224

Composition:

CopperOxide, Aluminum

Oxide, SodiumOxide

Frequency: 1 Yr

Disposal Method:


EIA Report

91


Category


Existing Proposed

Land Fill

5 Spent Catalyst

(BENSAT Unit) -- 0.192

Composition:

Aluminum Oxide, Platinum

Frequency: 8 Yrs

Disposal Method:

Metal Recovery


Frequency: Once every six

months

Disposal Method:


disposal

7.

Pollution Control

Facilities

(Residual Cake)

1217

Disposal Method:


Land Fill

Table 2-23Solid waste from proposed CRU Unit


Spent Catalyst Kg 1390 NHT Once in

every 3

years

Spent catalyst /

guard bed are stored

in sealed drum for

auction for metal

recovery/ landfill.

Spent catalyst/bed

material is processed

at vendor set up.



Net Gas Chloride

Guard Bed


LPG Chloride

Guard Bed


Spent Catalyst

from Reactors

Kg 9627 Platforming Once in 2

years

EIA Report

92

Chapter 3

Description of

Environment

EIA Report

93

3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

3.1 Preamble

This chapter depicts the establishment of baseline for valued environmental

components, as identified in and around the proposed project with an area of 490

Acres (~198.3 Hectare) located at Patta No-54 And Dag No-1, Guwahati refinery,

Noonmati Village, Kamrup District, Assam State. The primary baseline data

monitored covered three (3) months i.e., from March 2018– May 2018, and

secondary data was collected from Government and Semi-Government

organizations. The primary baseline data has been generated by M/s. Hubert Enviro

Care Systems (P) Ltd, Chennai, and a MoEF&CC approved Environmental Testing

Laboratory for the following Terrestrial environmental components.

Meteorology: Temperature, Relative Humidity, Rainfall, Wind Speed &

Direction- Refer Section - 3.6.1

Ambient Air Quality: Particulate matter <10-micron size (PM10), Particulate

matter <2.5-micron size (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Dioxide

(NO2), Carbon Monoxide (CO), Lead (Pb), Ozone (O3), Benzene (C6H6),

Benzo (a) pyrene (C20H12), Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni)&Ammonia (NH3), - Refer

Section - 3.6.3

Ambient Noise Levels: Day equivalent noise levels, Night equivalent noise

levels - Refer Section - 3.7

Inland Water Quality: Groundwater Quality, Surface Water Quality - Refer

Section - 3.8 and 3.9

Soil Quality - Refer Section - 3.10

Ecology - Refer Section - Error! Reference source not found.

Social Economic Status - Refer Section - 3.12

3.2 Study Area

A 10km radial distance with the proposed project site as the epicenter has been

identified as the General study area for assessing the baseline environmental status.

The core study area is the project area and its immediate surroundings to the tune of

1.0 Km radius from the boundary. Further the Project Impact/Influence Area (PIA) is

10Km from the boundary of the Project site area covering Guwahati refinery,

Noonmati Village, Guwahati Taluka, Kamrup District, Assam State.

EIA Report

94

3.3 Description of the Study Area

As Described in Chapter 1 Introduction,state Highway 3 is 1.5

Km,West,Guwahati railway station is 5.2 Km,East and LokpriyaGopinath Bordoloi

International Airport is 23 Km WSW away from GR. An overall idea of the study area

with reference to the physical conditions are presented for better understanding in

the following sections before proceeding into the section on the prevailing

environmental conditions of the study area. The map showing the satellite image

study area of Project is given in Figure 3.1 and TopoMap of the study area is given

in Figure 3.8

EIA Report

95

Figure 3.1 Map showing the Satellite Image of the study area

EIA Report

96

3.4 Environmentally/Ecologically Sensitive areas

The details of environmentally/ecologically sensitive areas covering within 15 km

from project boundary are given in Table 3-1andFigure 3.2.

Table 3-1 Environmental Sensitive Areas within 15km radius from Project

Boundary

S.No. Areas Distance & Direction from project boundary

1 Areas protected under international conventions, national or local legislation for their ecological, landscape, cultural or other related value

S. No

Description Distance (km) Direction

1 Amchang wildlife sanctuary ~3.5 E

2 Assam state zoo ~3.51 WSW

3 DeeporBeel Bird’s sanctuary ~14.7 W

4 Brahmaputra river ~2.13 N

5

Assam-Meghalaya Inter State boundary

~7 S

2 Areas which are important or sensitive for ecological reasons – Wetlands, Watercourses or other water bodies, coastal zone, biospheres, mountains, forests

S. No

Description Distance(km) Direction

1 Amchang RF ~3.51 E

2 Amchang WLS Core ~3.92 E

3 Khanapara RF ~6.89 SE

4 Mylliem RF ~7.54 SSE

5 State Boundary ~6.99 SSE

6 Garbhanga RF ~8.40 SSW

7 Marakdola RF ~12.09 SE

8 Brahmaputra River ~2.13 N

9 Phatasil RF ~8.64 WSW

10 Rani RF ~13.83 SW

11 Agyathuri RF ~14.65 WNW

12 Sila RF ~12.55 WSW

13 Dirgheswar RF ~8.74 NW

14 Mudunkuri Nadi ~14.94 NW

15 Bar Nadi ~6.90 NW

16 Silguri Nadi ~8.65 NW

17 Godiabil Nala ~10.96 N

18 Sampathar Nadi ~4.43 ENE

19 Bardong Nala ~8.65 SE

20 Umbhanga Nadi ~13.27 SSE

21 Bharalu River ~2.92 SW

22 Guwahati Zoo & Botanical Garden

~2.29 SSW

23 Moralouralu Nala ~6.61 WSW

24 Jojoa Nadi ~10.13 SW

25 Mora Nala ~6.87 SW

3 Areas used by protected, important or sensitive species of flora or fauna for breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over wintering, migration

Amchang wildlife sanctuary is 3.5 km towards East

Deepor Beel Bird Scantury is 14.7 Km towards West

4 Inland, coastal, marine or underground waters

Nil

EIA Report

97

5 State, National boundaries Assam Meghalaya Interstate boundary is 7 km towards south

6 Routes or facilities used by the public for access to recreation or other tourist, pilgrim areas

Nil

7 Defence installations Nil

8 Densely populated or built-up area (Nearest Town, City, District)

S. No


(~km) Direction

1 Madgharia 0.13 S

2 Bishnu Rabha Nagar 0.1 W

3 Jytoti Nagar 0.1 N

4 Jyoti Nagar 1.18 W

5 Pragati Nagar 0.2 S

6 Jonaki Nagar 0.4 SSE

7 Mathghjaria 0.6 ES

9 Areas occupied by sensitive man-made land uses (hospitals, schools, places of worship, community facilities)

Educational Institutes

S. No

Description Distance (~km) Direction

1 Gurukul Grammar Senior Secondary School

0.85 S

2 KVS Noonmati school 2.2 NE

3 Holy Child School 2.4 WNW

4 Central Public School 3.46 WSW

5 Don Bosco Senior Secondary School

5.7 W

6 Angels English High School

7 WSW

7 Daffodils English School 5.95 WSW

8 Guwahati College 1.54 W

9 Guwahati Commerce College

2.78 W

10 Asian Institute of Management and Technology

2.74 WSW

11 B. Borooah College 4.6 WSW

12 Handique Girls College 5.33 W

Hospitals

S. No

Description Distance (~km) Direction

1 Guwahati Medical College and Hospital

4.2 SW

2 Pratiksha Hospital 2.5 S

3 Dispur Hospitals Pvt. Ltd. 3.9 SSW

4 Apollo Hospitals 3.7 SSW

5 Nemcare Hospital 4 WSW

6 Wintrobe Hospital 4.78 W

10 Areas containing important, high quality or scarce resources (ground water resources, surface resources, forestry, agriculture, fisheries, tourism, minerals)

No

EIA Report

98

11 Areas already subjected to pollution or environmental damage. (those where existing legal environmental standards are exceeded

No

12 Areas susceptible to natural hazard which could cause the project to present environmental problems

(earthquakes, subsidence, landslides, erosion, flooding or extreme or adverse climatic conditions)

The project site and surrounding study region falls in Zone V – Highest Risk Zone

EIA Report

99

Figure 3.2 Environmental sensitive areas covering within 15 km from project boundary

EIA Report

100

3.5 Physical Conditions

In this section, the physical conditions of PIA district are discussed in general

and wherever possible references to the conditions prevailing in the study area in

particular are also provided. The physical conditions are discussed as under:

District profile

Drainage, land use, geology, Physiography

Natural resources

Climatic conditions, seismic zone characteristics and natural hazard

3.5.1 PIA District Profile

Kamrup metropolitan district is located between 25o43’and 26o51’ N Latitude

and 90o36’ – 92o12’ E Longitude. This district has one Sub-Divisions-Kamrup

Metropolitan Sadar Sub-Division. This district has 31 Municipal wards in the city

Guwahati. The district is bounded on the West and North by the Kamrup district and

on the East by the Morigaon district. On the South, lies the state of Meghalaya.

Source:

https://kamrupmetro.in/info/District%20Profile/District%20at%20a%20Glance.html

3.5.2 Climatic Conditions

The climatic condition of Kamrup does not differ much from that of the rest of Assam

Valley. The area has a sub-tropical climate with wet warm summer and dry cool

winter.

Winter Season (Dec –Feb)

This Season is characterised by cool weather with a temperature variations of

100 C to 250C and very low rainfall ranging from 2.1 mm to 11.4 mm. The quantity of

rainfall is not exceeding 2%of the total annual average.

Pre-monsoon or Spring Season (March-April)

This is characterised by a rapid rise of temperature and average temperature

is ranging between 190C to 280C. The earlier part of this period continues to be dry.

Temperature begins to rise from March and mango showers of cyclonic origin fall in

April. The occasional Pre-monsoon rain occurs in late April and early May. Maximum

average rainfall during this season is 28 cm. The humidity is low i.e. 70^ [approx.].


EIA Report

101

The high temperature prevailing in the later part of this period with occasional rain

provides a climatic basis for the seedlings of the crops of the state.

Source:http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/69461/7/07_chapter%203.pdf

3.5.3 Natural Resources

a. River Resources: River Brahmaputra, Bharalu, Digaru and Kolong are the

major rivers of the district.

Source:https://kamrupmetro.in/info/District%20Profile/District%20at%20a%20Glance.ht

ml

b. Minerals Resources: The State of Assam was the only oil producing state in

India till the oil fields of Gujarat and Bombay Highs were discovered. Along with

oil there are also modest reserves of natural gas in Assam. Coal, petroleum &

natural gas, limestone and minor minerals are the chief mineral resources of the

State. Guwahati city has mineral reserves in the form of oil and natural gas. The

Guwahati Refinery, the petroleum refinery of IOCL at Noonmati, is the most

important manufacturing industry in the city. The refinery produces diesel,

liquefied petroleum gas (LPG), petrol, furnace oil, kerosene, coke etc. Guwahati

also has reserve in the form of natural gas. Natural gas is a source of power

and other chemical by products.

c. Biotic resources: Biotic resources are obtained from the biosphere such as

forest and animals. The reserved forests which account for biotic resources

within the limits of GMC are Hengrabari, Phatasil and Jalukbari. These forests

are under the administrative control of the Divisional Forest Office, Kamrup

(East) Forest Division. Rani and Garbhanga reserved forests are also located in

Guwahati. These reserved forests have a large population of elephants. Deepor

Beel in Guwahati is a famous wildlife sanctuary here having vast forest area

and known for having varied bird-life. The environment of Guwahati is rich in

wildlife having several rare mammals such as Asian elephants, tiger, python

and primates. Guwahati also has a rich and diverse avifauna in and around the

city. The diverse landscape of the state has a variety of mixed dense forests

which include numerous varieties of trees, bamboos, cane groves, tall grasses,

herbaceous and shrubby vegetations. In the state different varieties of

http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/69461/7/07_chapter%203.pdf



EIA Report

102

deciduous and evergreen timber producing trees flourish like Sal (Shorea

robusta), Makai (Shorea assamica), Nageshwara (Mesut ferrea), Tiachapa

(Micheelia champaka), Sonaru (Classia fistula), Gunsarai (Chinamonum

glanduliferum), Ajhar (Lager straemiaflos regina), Agar (Aquilaria agalocha),

Hollock (Terminalia bicolorata), Hollong (Diptercarpus bondii), Simul (Bombak

malabaricum), Khair (Accacia cateshu), etc. The forests also shelter various

types of parasites, epiphytes and orchids. The most important amongst the

fauna in Assam is the single horned Indian Rhino (Rhinoceros unicornis).

Besides this, the forests in the state provides habitat for a variety of other

animals such as wild elephant, wild buffalo, wild pig, gaur, bison, chital, sambar,

swamp deer, hog deer, barking deer, tiger, bear, wild cat, wild dog, hare,

panther, and monkey. Amongst birds, wild geese, teal, black and marsh

partridge, wild fowl, pea fowl, wood cock, snipe and varieties of peasant are

found.

d. Agriculture: The chief agricultural products include variety of rice, tea, jute,

mustard, pulses, sugarcane, potatoes, oranges, pineapples, coconut, betels,

black pepper, citrus fruits, and bananas besides many types of vegetables. The

major crop production observed in Kamrup district is Rice and fiber. Various

crops grown in Kamrup district rural and Metropolitan Area is summarized

below in Table 3-2andTable 3-3. Geological and mineral resource map of

Assam is given in Figure 3.3.

EIA Report

103

Table 3-2 List of Crops produced in Kamrup Rural area

Crop/Year 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16 (Pr)

Rice

A 118239 122238 119693 120164 122730 116838 121339 113627 110188

P 218431 227971 228253 280425 235865 238027 274260 260897 273394

AV 1863 1882 1928 2359 1943 2059 2284 2320 2502

Pulses

A 6218 7185 6984 6428 6236 7636 6823 5697 5404

P 3515 4003 4135 3758 3731 4783 4383 4487 3500

AV 565 557 593 584 599 626 642 788 648

Rabi Pulses

A 5958 6945 6731 6183 6012 7377 6557 5436 5173

P 3343 3854 3971 3600 3563 4579 4165 4255 3321

AV 555 555 590 582 593 621 635 783 642

Fibers

A 3791 3604 3125 3421 3920 4065 3979 5088 4881

P 55766 59489 44229 51799 32309 25912 27688 49918 61329

AV 2648 2672 2548 2726 1484 1147 1253 1737 2261

Cereals

A 121694 125433 121377 122657 125036 119093 123699 115369 111806

P 223034 231701 231822 283410 238057 240354 277534 263092 275489

AV 1848 1864 1910 2335 1924 2039 2244 2280 2485

Oil Seeds

A 8821 8523 9460 9351 9334 10816 11450 11577 11479

P 4633 3662 5515 4766 5601 6555 9776 6896 8687

AV 525 430 583 509 600 606 854 596 757

Other crops like sugarcane, black pepper, Ginger, Areca nut, Orange, Pine Apple, Potato, Sweet Potato, Tapioca, Onion, Papaya, Banana Chilies, Coconut Tobacco and turmeric are also grown.

A: Area (in hect.) P: Production (in tonnes) AV: Average yield (in kg / hect.) Pr: Provisional Source: Directorate of Economics and Statistics, Govt. of Assam

EIA Report

104

Table 3-3List of Crops produced in Kamrup Metropolitan area

Crop/Year 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16 (Pr)

Rice

A 25155 29465 28110 29658 29761 29588 29228 29210 29559

P 46175 52296 56151 70609 65020 68668 69552 64756 69126

AV 1853 1794 2019 2407 2209 2347 2406 2241 2362

Pulses

A 744 903 670 779 784 1003 935 933 934

P 442 676 412 514 530 698 668 800 660

AV 594 748 617 660 676 696 714 857 706

Rabi Pulses

A 667 855 632 729 743 958 891 890 895

P 381 638 383 475 497 660 630 758 626

AV 572 747 608 652 669 689 707 852 699

Fibers

A 154 158 71 68 63 64 62 56 59

P 1589 1615 705 585 532 489 543 512 570

AV 1858 158 1785 1546 1519 1378 1576 1618 1739

Cereals

A 25470 29717 28041 29910 29997 29811 29453 29433 29791

P 46490 52521 56363 70862 65249 68894 69959 65091 69540

AV 1842 1786 2010 2395 2199 2337 2375 2211 2358

Oil Seeds

A 1265 1251 1258 285 1284 1772 1780 1820 1871

P 760 641 508 125 853 757 917 1136 1284

AV 600 513 404 436 664 428 516 624 686

Other crops like sugarcane, black pepper, Ginger, Areca nut, Orange, Pine Apple, Potato, Sweet Potato, Tapioca, Onion, Papaya, Banana Chilies, Coconut Tobacco and turmeric are also grown.

A: Area (in hect.) P: Production (in tonnes) AV: Average yield (in kg / hect.) Pr: Provisional Source: Directorate of Economics and Statistics, Govt. of Assam

EIA Report

105

Figure 3.3 Geology & Minerals Map of Assam State

EIA Report

106

3.5.4 Land Use & Land Cover

The Kamrup district has total geographical area of 434500 Ha. out of which net

cultivated area is 181608 Ha, Forest area is 116694 Ha, Fallow land is 71110 Ha,

Land not available to cultivation is 89542 Ha, Tea cultivation, 3660 Ha, Others

108000 Ha. (Source: http://kamrup.nic.in/geofr.htm).

Details of district land use/land cover statistics for Kamrup district is given Table 3-4

and Land Use map of Kamrup district is given in Figure 3.4. Land Use pattern of the

district is given in Figure 3.5.

Table 3-4 District land use/land cover statistics for Kamrup district

S. No

Division of Land Use/Land Cover Area

Sq. Km Acres Ha %

1 Built-up, Urban 128.86 31841.95 12886 2.965708

2 Built-up, Mining 10.96 2708.271 1096 0.252244

3 Agriculture, Plantation 11.03 2725.568 1103 0.253855

4 Agriculture, Current Shifting Cultivation 3.95 976.0648 395 0.090909

5 Forest,Deciduous 1306.01 322721.6 130601 30.05777

6 Forest,Scrub Forest 218.04 53881.25 21805 5.018412

7 Barren/ uncultivable/ Wastelands, Gullied/Ravinous Land 0.01 2.47105 1 0.00023

8 Barren/uncultivable/ Wastelands, Sandy area 4.11 1015.602 411 0.094591

9 Wetlands/Water Bodies, Inland Wetland 173.29 42820.83 17329 3.988262

10 Wetlands/Water Bodies, Reservoir/Lakes/Ponds 10.75 2656.379 1075 0.247411

11 Built-up,Rural 56.31 13914.48 5631 1.295972

12 Agriculture,Crop land 1350.01 333594.2 135001 31.07043

13 Agriculture,Fallow 120.68 29820.63 12068 2.777445

14 Forest,Evergreen/ Semi evergreen 564.16 139406.8 56416 12.98412

15 Forest,Forest Plantation 7.52 1858.23 752 0.173072

16 Grass/Grazing 64.01 15817.19 6401 1.473188

17 Barren/uncultivable/ Wastelands, Scrub land 32.5 8030.913 3250 0.747986

18 Barren/uncultivable/ Wastelands, Barren rocky 0.07 17.29735 7 0.001611

19 Wetlands/Water Bodies, River/Stream/canals 282.72 69861.53 28272 6.506789

Total 4345 1073671 434500 100

Source: Bhuvan

http://kamrup.nic.in/geofr.htm

EIA Report

107

Figure 3.4 Land Use/Land cover Map of Kamrup District

EIA Report

108

Figure 3.5 Land Use Pattern of PIA district

EIA Report

109

3.5.4.1 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area

Total Project Study Area is 350.03 Sq. Km. Land Use /Land Cover statistics of 10

Km radius of the Study Area is given in Table 3-5 and land Use pattern of Study

area is given in and LULC map of the Study area is given in Figure 3.7.

Table 3-5 Land Use/Land Cover statistics of 10 Km radius of the Study Area

S.No Division of Land Use/Land Cover

Area

Sq.Km Acres in Ha %

1 Urban 92.97 22973.35 9297 26.56

2 Deciduous 65.45 16173.02 6545 18.70

3 River / Stream / Canals 61.54 15206.84 6154 17.58

4 Scrub Forest 39.55 9773.00 3955 11.30

5 Crop land 38.15 9427.06 3815 10.90

6 Evergreen/ Semi evergreen 25.54 6311.06 2554 7.30

7 Inland Wetland 9.48 2342.56 948 2.71

8 Grass / Grazing 7.14 1764.33 714 2.04

9 Forest Plantation 5.89 1455.45 589 1.68

10 Rural 1.61 397.84 161 0.46

11 Mining 1.17 289.11 117 0.33

12 Scrub land 1.10 271.82 110 0.31

13 Water bodies 0.44 108.73 44 0.13

Total 350.03 86494.163 35003 100

EIA Report

110

Figure 3.6 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area

EIA Report

111

Figure 3.7 Land use/Land cover map of the Study Area

EIA Report

112

3.5.5 Topography

The Kamrup district is located in the North-Eastern part in the state of Assam. It is

situated between 25°46' and 26°49' North Latitude and between 90°48' and 91°50'

East Longitude. It is bounded by Udalguri and Baksa districts in the north,

Meghalaya in the south, Darrang and Kamrup Metropolitan areas in the east and

Goalpara and Nalbari district in the west. The mighty Brahmaputra meander its

course from east to west through the district of Kamrup cutting it into two distinct

parts- North and South. The major portion of Guwahati sub-division is located on the

southern bank. On the northern side of the river stands Rangia sub-division. The

greater part of the district consists of a wide plain and a few hills cropping up above

the alluvium on both sides of the Brahmaputra. The southern plain is much broken

up by hills compared to the northern plain. Topo map of the study area is given in

Figure 3.8. Physical map of Kamrup is given in Figure 3.9. Contour map of the

Study area is given inFigure 3.10.

Source:



EIA Report

113

Figure 3.8 Topo map of the study area

EIA Report

114

(Source: maps of India)

Figure 3.9 Physical map of Assam State

EIA Report

115

Figure 3.10Contour map of Study Area

EIA Report

116

3.5.6 Geology of PIA District

Geologically the area is closely linked with the Himalayan geology in the northern

part and pre-Cambrian rock mass of the Gondwana land in the southern part. The

major part of the region has been built up by alluvial deposits on the pre-Cambrian

base that slopes down from the Meghalaya plateau towards the Himalayas. The

oldest formations in the region are confined to the south and consist of gneisses

which were extensively intruded by granites occurring mostly as small bosses. These

gneisses are of two types, the older and younger, both having coarse and fine

grains. The gneisses developed during the lower pre-Cambrian period. Geology map

of the PIA district is given in Figure 3.3.

Source:http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/69461/7/07_chapter%203.p

df

3.5.7 Geomorphology of PIA District

Physiographically the district can be divided into three units; i.e. the hilly region in the

south, the alluvial plain in the central and western part and the swampy areas along

Brahmaputra plains. The distinguishable geomorphic units are as follows.

a) Flood plain of river Brahmaputra and its tributaries.

b) Younger alluvial plain which occupies major part of the area, having slightly

higher elevation than flood plain.

c) Older alluvium/valley fill, gently sloping plain, having higher elevation than the

younger alluvial plain.

d) Piedmont, gently sloping plain along the foothills.

e) Inselberg occurs as very small isolated hills.

f) Denudational hills considering of granite, gneissic rocks

The different rock formation occurring in the district has been subjected to

various soil forming processes through agents of weathering and transportation

during different geological ages. Soils comprising various proportions of sand, silt,

clay and organic material in the district are grouped into three broad categories – a)

newer alluvial soil, b) valley fill/older alluvial soil and c) soils over forest and hilly

terrain. Geomorphology Map of study area is given Figure 3.12. The

Geomorphology of the study area is given in Table 3-6and Geomorphology pattern

is given in Figure 3.11.



EIA Report

117

Source:http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/Assam/Kamrup.pdf

Table 3-6 Geomorphology of the study area

S.No Geomorphology Area

Sq.Km %

1 Structural Origin - Highly dissected hills & valleys 202.74 57.92075

2 Structural origin -Moderately dissected hills & valleys 4.23 1.208468

3 Fluvial origin - Younger Alluvial Plain 25.27 7.219381

4 Fluvial Origin - Active Flood Plain 51.36 14.67303

5 Fluvial Origin - Older Flood Plain 4.13 1.179899

6 Water bodies 61.98 17.70705

7 Denudational Origin - Pediment - Pediplain Complex 0.32 0.091421

Total 350.03 100

Figure 3.11 Geomorphology Pattern of the Study Area

http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/Assam/Kamrup.pdf

EIA Report

118

Figure 3.12 Geomorphology Map of Study Area

EIA Report

119

3.5.8 Hydrogeology of PIA District

The area consists of two broad hydro geological units – 1) Pre-Cambrian

consolidated rocks and 2) Quaternary alluvium consisting of unconsolidated

sediments. Pre-Cambrian consolidated rocks are confined to hilly areas and

inselbergs, where ground water occurs in shallow weathered zone and this can be

developed through open wells. The joints and fractures developed due to tectonic

activities form potential water bearing zones and suitable for development through

construction of bore wells. In the alluvial plain, groundwater occurs in regionally

extensive aquifers down to the depth of 305 m. It has a very good yield prospect.

The aquifers are consisting of sands of various grades with gravel and are suitable

for construction of both shallow and deep tube wells. Groundwater occurs under

unconfined to semi confined condition occupying an area of about 200 sq. km. in and

around Haihata – Dumunichowki which is under artesian condition. In other parts

also, the water level rests at shallow depth and in major part, it rests between 2 – 5

m bgl during pre-monsoon period. The study of long term water level trend shows no

significant change in rise/fall in water level in the last 10 years. The shallow tube

wells tapping aquifers within 50 m depth are capable of yielding about 10 lps in major

places, deep tube wells constructed within 95 m depth tapping about 30 m granular

zones are yielding 10 – 20 lpm. The transmissivity of the aquifer ranges from 41 to

6162 m2 /day and the permeability varies from 10 to 59 m/day. In hard rock, the yield

of bore well-constructed in greater Guwahati area ranges from 4 to 300 lpm. The

Hydrogeology map of PIA district is given in Figure 3.13

Source: http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/Assam/Kamrup.pdf

http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/Assam/Kamrup.pdf

EIA Report

120

Figure 3.13 Hydrogeology Map of PIA district

3.5.9 Drainage Pattern in PIA District

The Kamrup (M) district is intersected by numerous rivers and streams all of which

come from the hills and mountains and flows into the Brahmaputra which is a

gigantic river. The river runs through the Assam Valley and it absorbs waters of all

the rivers and streams. In summer, the river looks like the gigantic sea in its wide

expanses but in winter the river and its channels zigzag in sandy stretches. In

Guwahati, the river is confined between rocks and hills on either side making it

comparatively narrow but even here the breadth of the river is over one kilometer.

The river spreads itself during the rains and distance from one bank to the other gets

expanded. The whole drainage of the district ultimately finds its way to all rivers and

tributaries. The rivers and its tributaries are only drains to flush out the water from

the district. In rainy season, the rain waters are deposited in all rivers, beels and

plain land causing water logging in most parts of the district. Whenever water level

recedes in the rivers, the water of plain areas goes out through rivers and its

tributaries. Though the Metropolitan city of Guwahati has public drainage system

constructed, still lots remains to be done for the city to be free from water logging

during the rainy seasons. Drainage map of the study area is givenin Figure 3.14.

EIA Report

121

Figure 3.14 Drainage map of the study area

EIA Report

122

3.5.10 Soils in PIA District

The soil of Kamrup (M) district is not much different from those of the other district of

Assam. The district is characterized by an abundance of marshes and low lands, the

soils of which contain a large percentage of organic matter. In winter the soil

becomes excellent for growing crops like pulses and oil seeds. The soils in

Kamrup(M) district are generally fertile due to annual deposing of silt. A major portion

of total sown area of this district is under agricultural crops and vegetables.

Source:

http://censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/DCHB_A/18/1823_PART_A_DCHB_KAMRUP%20

METROPOLITAN.pdf

3.5.11 Cyclones & Depressions, Winds and Coastal Erosion in PIA District

Cyclone and wind Hazard map given in Figure 3.15.

Figure 3.15 Wind and Cyclone Hazard Map of India

http://censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/DCHB_A/18/1823_PART_A_DCHB_KAMRUP%20METROPOLITAN.pdf

http://censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/DCHB_A/18/1823_PART_A_DCHB_KAMRUP%20METROPOLITAN.pdf

EIA Report

123

3.5.12 Floods in PIA district

The floods which are so frequent in the Brahmaputra cause tremendous

changes in the river course and raise the river beds by depositing sediment carried

from the upper reaches. This is a common feature of floods in big rivers. The

miseries caused by the Brahmaputra and its tributaries are so much so that it needs

no description in detail. The villages situated on the river banks gets sub-merged,

paddy fields are turned into vast sheets of water, standing crops are destroyed,

cattles are swept away and hundreds of cultivators, fishermen and other people

living in these areas are rendered homeless. During monsoon, an incessant rain

throws life out of gear in the district including the Metropolitan city of Guwahati as

most part of the city gets water-logged. Overflowing of Bharalu River prompts the

administration to take up rescue and relief operations as all important links of

communications gets snapped and life hinges on the relief provided by the

government and public. After the flood, people generally suffer from epidemics. The

untold miseries spread all over the areas.

Source: http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/170951/7/chapter%20iv.pdf

3.5.13 Seismicity

All districts of the state of Assam lie in Zone V. Since the earthquake database in

India is still incomplete, especially with regards to earthquakes prior to the historical

period (before 1800 A.D.), these zones offer a rough guide of the earthquake hazard

in any particular region and need to be regularly updated. According to GSHAP

data, the state of Assam lies in a region with high to very high seismic hazard. As per

the 2002 Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) map, this state also falls in Zone V. The

project site and surrounding study region falls in Zone V – Highest Risk Zone. The

seismicity map of India is shown Figure 3.16.

Source: http://asc-india.org/seismi/seis-assam.htm

http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/170951/7/chapter%20iv.pdf

http://asc-india.org/seismi/seis-assam.htm

EIA Report

124

Figure 3.16 Seismicity Map of India

Source: https://www.mapsofindia.com/maps/india/seismiczone.htm

https://www.mapsofindia.com/maps/india/seismiczone.htm

EIA Report

125

3.6 Air Environment

Baseline ambient air quality assessment gives the status in the vicinity of site

and is an indispensable part of environmental impact assessment studies. Significant

changes, in predominant winds and weather conditions are observed in winter,

summer and post-monsoon seasons apart from the local topographic influences. The

baseline status of air environment in the study area is assessed through a

systematic air quality surveillance programme.

3.6.1 Meteorological Conditions

The regional air quality is influenced by the meteorology of that region. The

principal weather parameters that influence the concentration of the air pollutants in

the surroundings are wind speed, wind direction and temperature. The

meteorological data is useful for proper interpretation of the baseline data. It is used

as input for air quality dispersion models for predicting the post project environmental

scenario i.e. ground level concentrations due to proposed utilities like DG sets,

compressors etc.

3.6.2 Meteorological Data Collection

Available secondary data pertaining to the meteorological parameters was

obtained from the IMD Climatological tables. In addition, baseline meteorological

data was generated during the Pre-Monsoon Season (March - May 2018). The

methodology adopted for monitoring surface observations is as per the standard

norms laid down by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) i.e. IS:8829 and Indian

Meteorological Department (IMD).

3.6.2.1 General Meteorological Scenario Based on IMD Data

The nearest Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) station located to project

site is Guwahati (Bhorjar). The Climatological data for Guwahati, published by the

IMD, based on daily observations at 08:30 and 17:30 hour IST for a 30-year period,

is presented in the following sections on the meteorological conditions of the region.

The monthly variations of the relevant meteorological parameters are reproduced in

Table 3-7.

EIA Report

126

Table 3-7ClimatologicalSummary – Guwahati Region (1971-2000)

Month

Temp (oC) Rainfall

(mm)

Relative Humidity

(%)

Vapour Pressure

hPa Mean Wind Speed (m/s)

Predominant Wind

Directions (From)*

Daily Max.

Daily Min.

Total No. of

days 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30

Jan 23.6 10.6 11.5 1.2 87 70 15.1 15.7 2.0 NE NE

Feb 26 12.2 22.3 2.2 76 55 15.4 15 2.7 NE NE

Mar 29.8 15.9 50.9 4.3 66 48 17.5 16.6 4.0 NE NE

Apr 31.0 20.0 159.3 9.2 73 60 22.9 22.3 4.9 NE NE

May 31.0 22.5 256.3 13.3 79 70 27.5 27.6 4.1 NE NE

Jun 31.9 24.9 303.6 14.4 83 77 31.8 31.8 3.4 NE NE

Jul 31.8 25.5 256.8 16.8 85 80 32.8 32.9 3.1 NE NE

Aug 32.2 25.5 258.6 12.6 83 80 32.8 32.9 3.1 NE NE

Sep 31.5 24.5 194.4 10.5 84 81 31.5 31.5 2.7 NE NE

Oct 30.3 22.0 103.9 4.9 83 79 28.0 28.5 2.6 NE NE

Nov 27.7 17.0 18.4 1.3 84 78 21.9 22.7 2.3 NE NE

Dec 24.6 11.9 7.4 0.6 87 77 16.8 17.7 1.8 NE NE

Max. 32.2 25.5 303.6 16.8 87 81 32.8 32.9 4.9 Predominant Wind

Directions is NE

Min. 23.6 10.6 7.4 0.6 66 48 15.1 15 1.8

Avg./Total 29.1 19.2 1954 108 80.1 70.3 24.5 24.6 3.1

As per the above IMD Climatological Table 3-7 the observations drawn are the

following.

Daily maximum temperature is 32.2oC and the daily minimum temperature is

10.6oC were recorded in the months of August and January respectively

Maximum and minimum relative humidity of 87% and 48% were recorded the

months of January& December and March respectively.

Maximum and minimum rainfall of 303.6 mm and 7.4 mm was recorded in the

months of June and December respectively.

Maximum and minimum Mean wind speed during the study period is 4.9 m/s and

1.8 m/s. was recorded in the months of April and Dec respectively. According to

the above IMD data predominant wind pattern is from NE.

3.6.2.2 Meteorological data during Study Period

The meteorological data of study period was used for interpretation of baseline

status and to simulate the meteorological conditions for prediction of impacts in

modeling studies. Meteorology Data for the Study Period March –May 2018 is

presented in Table 3-8.

EIA Report

127

Figure 3.17 Wind Rose during March - May 2018.

Table 3-8 Meteorology Data for the Study Period (March - May 2018).

S. No Parameter Observation

1. Temperature Max. Temperature: 350C

Min. Temperature: 240C

Avg. Temperature: 280C

2. Average Relative Humidity 79.9 %

3. Average Wind Speed 1.9 m/s

4. Predominant Wind Direction North East

3.6.2.3 Atmospheric Inversion

Atmospheric inversion level at the project site was monitored; the results observed at

the site during the study period are as follows.

Average atmospheric temperature: 280C

Average Relative humidity: 79.9 %

EIA Report

128

Average Wind speed: 1.9 m/s

The daily inversion level calculated based on the average temperature and average

wind speed at the project site and the maximum inversion height is derived by the

graph plotted based on the average temperature and average wind speed. The daily

inversion level at the project site varies from 50 to 1750m during 6 AM to 6 PM, the

maximum recorded at 5 PM, March 2018. This is shown in the following Figure 3.18.

Figure 3.18Atmospheric inversion level at the project site

3.6.3 Ambient Air Quality

The selection criteria for monitoring locations are based on the following:

Topography/Terrain.

Meteorological conditions.

Residential and sensitive areas within the study area.

Representatives of regional background air quality/pollution levels

Representation of likely impacted areas.

3.6.3.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

To evaluate the baseline air quality of the study area, eight (08) monitoring

locations have been identified as per IEM. The study period wind predominance is

from NE. Wind rose during the period March-May 2018 is given. Map showing the

AAQ monitoring locations is given in Figure 3.19 and the details of the locations are

given inTable 3-9.

EIA Report

129

Table 3-9 Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

Station Code

Location Type of Wind

Distance (km) from Project

boundary

Azimuth Directions

A1 Project Site (IOCL-GR) - Within site

A2 Near Kharguli Gaon u/w 3.19 NE

A3 Sat Gaon c/w 4.18 SE

A4 Barbari c/w 3.06 S

A5 Japarigog d/w 3.72 SW

A6 Bhulkachu d/w 2.14 SW

A7 Sahebkhat c/w 3.14 W

A8 Nunmati c/w 1.81 N

EIA Report

130

Figure 3.19 Map showing the Ambient Air Quality monitoring locations

EIA Report

131

3.6.3.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Techniques and Frequency

Ambient air quality was monitored twice in a week for One (01) season (shall cover

12 weeks), i.e. during March-May 2018. PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, Pb, NH3, C6H6,

C20H12, As&Ni. Sampling was carried out as per Central Pollution Control Board

(CPCB) monitoring guidelines at each location. Analytical methods used for analysis

of parameters are given in Table 3-10.

Table 3-10 Analytical Methods for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality

Parameters(NAAQ)

S. No Parameters Analytical method NAAQ standards: 2009 Sampling

Time

1 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), (μg/m3)

IS 11255 (part 2)/ USEPA method 6

50 (Annual)

80 (24 Hours)

24 Hours

2 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), (μg/m3)

IS: 5182 (Part - 6): 2006 40

(Annual) 80

(24 Hours) 24 Hours

3 Particulate Matter (PM2.5), (μg/m3)

In house method (Gravimetric Method)

40 (Annual)

60 (24 hours)

24 Hours

4 Particulate Matter (PM10), (μg/m3)

IS:5182 (Part– 23): 2006 60

(Annual) 100

(24 hours) 24 Hours

5 CO (mg/m3) IS:5182(Part–10):1999 (Reaff:2006)

2 (8 hours)

4 (1hour)

8 Hours

6 Pb (μg/m3) IS:5182(Part–22):2004 (Reaff:2006)

0.5 (Annual)

1 (24 hours)

24 Hours

7 O3, (μg/m3) In house method (Spectrophotometric Method)

100 (8hours)

180 (1hour)

8 Hours

8 NH3, (μg/m3) In house method (Spectrophotometric Method)

100 (Annual)

400 (24 hours)

8 Hours

9 Benzene, (μg/m3) GC FID/ GC MS Based on IS 5182: part 11

5 (Annual)

5 (Annual)

24 Hours

10 Benzo (a) pyrene, (ng/m3)

In house validated Method by HPLC, UV&GC MS Based on IS 5182: part 12

1 (Annual)

1 (Annual)

24 Hours

11 Arsenic, n/m3) In house method (AAS Method) Based on CPCB guidelines Volume 1.

6 (Annual)

6 (Annual)

24 Hours

12 Nickel, (ng/m3) In house method (AAS Method) Based on CPCB guidelines Volume 1.

20 (Annual)

20 (Annual)

24 Hours

3.6.3.3 Results and Discussions

The variations of the pollutants PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, CO, Pb, O3, NH3, C6H6,

C20H12, and As& Ni are compared with National Ambient Air Quality Standards

EIA Report

132

(NAAQS), MoEF&CC Notification, and November 2009. Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring Data (March-May 2018) for the study area is given inTable 3-11 and

trends of measured ambient concentration in the study area were graphically

represented in Figure 3.20.

Figure 3.20 Trends of Measured Ambient Concentrations in the Study Area

EIA Report

133

Table 3-11 Summary of the average baseline concentrations of pollutants

Parameters Conc. NAAQ

Standards

AAQ Locations

Project site

Near Kharguli N.

C Satgaom Barbari Japarigog Bhulkachu Sahebkhat Nunmati

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

PM10 Conc.

(µg/m³)

Min.

100

(24 Hours)

51.2 41.9 41.2 39.5 41.4 42.8 48.8 40.3

Max. 72.9 59.8 58.8 56.3 59.1 61.0 69.5 57.5

Avg. 61.4 50.3 49.4 47.3 49.7 51.4 58.5 48.4

98th ‘tile 72.5 59.4 58.4 55.9 58.7 60.7 69.1 57.2

PM2.5 Conc.

(µg/m3)

Min.

60

(24 Hours)

25.5 23.1 21.4 21.6 20.8 21.9 24.0 21.9

Max. 36.3 32.9 30.6 30.7 29.6 31.2 34.2 31.2

Avg. 30.5 27.7 25.7 25.8 24.9 26.3 28.8 26.3

98th ‘tile 36.1 32.7 30.4 30.5 29.4 31.1 34.0 31.1

SO2 Conc.

(µg/m3)

Min.

80

(24 Hours)

9.1 7.8 7.4 8.8 8.7 8.0 9.0 9.0

Max. 13.0 11.1 10.6 12.5 12.3 11.4 12.8 12.9

Avg. 10.9 9.3 8.9 10.5 10.4 9.6 10.8 10.8

98th ‘tile 12.9 11.0 10.5 12.4 12.3 11.4 12.7 12.8

NO2 Conc.

(µg/m3)

Min.

80

(24 Hours)

23.6 19.0 20.5 17.0 17.8 19.8 22.8 19.7

Max. 33.6 27.1 29.2 24.3 25.3 28.2 32.5 28.1

Avg., 28.3 22.8 24.6 20.4 21.3 23.7 27.3 23.6

98th ‘tile 33.4 27.0 29.0 24.1 25.2 28.1 32.3 27.9

Pb (μg/m3) Avg. 1

(24 hour) BDL

(DL0.01) BDL

(DL0.01) BDL

(DL0.01) BDL

(DL0.01) BDL

(DL0.01) BDL

DL0.01) BDL

(DL0.01) BDL

(DL0.01)

CO (mg/m3) Avg. 4 0.56 0.52 0.54 0.41 0.62 0.67 0.60 0.55

EIA Report

134

Parameters Conc. NAAQ

Standards

AAQ Locations

Project site

Near Kharguli N.

C Satgaom Barbari Japarigog Bhulkachu Sahebkhat Nunmati

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

(1hour)

O3 (μg/m3) Avg. 180

(1hour) 11.98 10.68 10.83 10.83 10.42 11.36 12.39 10.83

C6H6 (μg/m3) Avg. 5

(Annual) 2.41 1.28 1.14 BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) 1.81 BDL (1)

B (a) P,

(ng/m3)

Avg. 1

(Annual) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1)

As (ng/ m3) Avg. 6

(Annual) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2)

Ni (ng/m3) Avg. 20

(Annual) BDL

(DL 10) BDL

(DL 10) BDL

(DL 10) BDL

(DL 10) BDL

(DL 10) BDL

(DL 10) BDL

(DL 10) BDL

(DL 10)

NH3 (μg/m3) Avg. 400

(24hours) 7.81 6.39 7.51 5.7 5.83 7.01 7.58 6.05

V (μg/m3) Avg. BDL (0.1) BDL (0.1) BDL (0.1) BDL (0.1) BDL (0.1) BDL (0.1) BDL (0.1) BDL (0.1)

Methane

(PPM)

Avg. 0.51 0.45 0.49 0.38 0.51 0.41 0.52 0.42

Non Methane

(PPM)

Avg. 0.14 0.15 0.11 0.17 0.15 0.14 0.12 0.10

Note: BDL (Below detectable limit), DL (Detectable limit)

EIA Report

135

3.6.3.4 Observations

The ambient air quality has been monitored at 8 locations for 12 parameters as

per NAAQS, 2009 within the study area. The average baseline levels of PM10(47.3 –

61.4µg/m³), PM2.5(24.9-30.5µg/m³), SO2(8.9-10.9µg/m³), NOx(20.4 – 28.3/m³),

CO(0.41-0.67mg/m3) and some are BDL, all the parameters are well within the

prescribed National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Industrial, Commercial and

Residential areas at all monitoring locations during the study period.

3.7 Noise Environment

The prevailing ambient noise level at a particular location is nothing but the

resultant (total) of all kinds of noise sources existing at various distances around that

location. The ambient noise level at a location varies continuously depending on the

type of surrounding activities.

Ambient noise levels have been established by monitoring noise levels at Eight

(08) locations in and around 10Km distance from project area during the study period

using precision noise level meter. The noise monitoring locations in the study area

were selected after giving due consideration to the various land use categories. The

land use categories include commercial, residential, rural and sensitive areas. Noise

levels were recorded on an hourly basis for one complete day at each location using

pre- calibrated noise levels. Sampling images and map noise showing the noise

monitoring locations are given in andFigure 3.21.

3.7.1 Results and Discussions

Based on the recorded hourly noise levels at each monitoring location, the day

equivalent (Ld) and night equivalent (Ln) were calculated;

Ld: Average noise levels between 6:00 hours to 22.00 hours.

Ln: Average noise levels between 22:00 hours to 6.00 hours.

The comparison of day equivalent noise levels (Ld) and night equivalent noise levels

(Ln) with the respective CPCB stipulated noise standards for various land use

categories are shown in the Table 3-12.

EIA Report

136

Table 3-12 Day and Night Equivalent Noise Levels

S.

No Location Code

Distance

(km) Direction

Noise level in dB(A)

Leq

CPCB Standard Environmental

Setting Day Night

Lday

(Ld)

LNight

(Ln)

1 IOCL-GR N1 - - 67.1 59.3 75 70 Industrial

2 Kharguli Gaon

N2 3.19 NE 53.9 44.7 55 45 Residential

3 Sat Gaon N3 4.18 SE 55.3 44.8 55 45 Residential

4 Barbari N4 3.06 S 54.6 44.1 55 45 Residential

5 Japarigog N5 3.72 SW 59.2 48.7 55 45 Residential

6 Bhulkachu N6 2.14 SW 56.3 44.8 55 45 Residential

7 Sahebkhat N7 3.14 W 58.3 46.9 55 45 Residential

8 Nunmati N8 1.81 N 58.4 47.8 55 45 Residential

3.7.2 Observations


locations are within prescribed CPCB standards.


during night time, which is within prescribed limit by CPCB (75 dB(A) Day time

& 70 dB(A) Night time).





prescribed by CPCB (55 dB(A) Day time & 45 dB(A) Night time).

EIA Report

137

Figure 3.21 Map showing the noise monitoring locations

EIA Report

138

3.8 Water Environment

3.8.1 Surface Water Resources

The study area consists of Major water body Brahmaputra River which is one of the

major rivers in Asia. It is at about 2.13 Km distance on the Northern side of GR

boundary. The river flows through China, India and Bangladesh. The river is prone to

catastrophic flooding in the monsoon when Himalaya snow melts. The sampling

stations were chosen based on the existing pollution sources near these water

bodies and threat of pollution in the future. The flow in the rivers passing near to the

study region is perennial and flows throughout the year. The region receives rainfall

predominantly during South West monsoon season.

3.8.2 Surface Water Quality Assessment

Water quality monitoring and assessment can be used to determine ambient water

quality, the extent and causes of a water quality problem, or to measure the

effectiveness of best management practices being implemented in water system.

Monitoring helps to determine the trends in the quality of the aquatic environment

and the impact due to the release of contaminants, other anthropogenic activities,

and/or by waste treatment operations (impact monitoring).To establish the baseline

status of water environment, the representative sampling locations for surface water

within a radial distance of 10Km from project site have been selected as per CPCB

guidelines of Water Quality Monitoring through an adequate survey of the project

area. Test methods used for the analysis of water quality parameters is given in

Table 3-13. Water sampling and map of sampling location are given in Table

3-14and Figure 3.22.

Table 3-13 Test methods used for the analysis of water quality parameters

S. No Parameter Measured Test Method

1 Colour IS:3025 (Part- 4) 1983 (Reaff 2006)

2 Turbidity IS 3025(Part - 10):1984

3 pH IS:3025 (Part - 11): 1983 (Reaff: 2006)

4 Conductivity IS:3025 (Part - 14): 1983 (Reaff: 2006)

5 Total Dissolve Solids IS: 3025:1(Part - 16) 1984 (Reaff 2006)

6 Total Suspended Solids IS 3025 (Part - 17) 1984 (Reaff 1996)

7 Alkalinity as CaCO3 IS:3025,1 (Part - 23) 1986 (Reaff 2009)

8 Total Hardness as CaCo3 IS:3025 (Part - 21) 1983 (Reaff 2006)

EIA Report

139

S. No Parameter Measured Test Method

9 Sodium IS:3025,5(Part - 45) 1993 (Reaff 2006)

10 Potassium IS:3025,5(Part - 45) 1993 (Reaff 2006)

11 Calcium as Ca IS 3025 (Part - 40):1991

12 Magnesium as Mg IS 3025 (Part - 46) 1994

13 Carbonate IS 3025, (Pt 23) 1986 (R 2006)

14 Bi carbonate IS 3025, (Pt 23) 1986 (R 2006)

15 Chloride IS 3025 (Part - 32):1988

16 Sulphate SO4 IS 3025(Part - 24):1986

17 Nitrate as NO3 ASTM (Part - 31)1978

18 Phosphate IS 3025 (Pt 45) 1993 (R 2006)

19 Fluorides as F IS 3025 (Part - 60):2008

20 Cyanide IS 3025 (Part-27):1986

21 Arsenic IS 3025:(Part-37):1988(Reaff 2009)

22 Boron IS:3025 (Part - 57):2003

23 Cadmium IS 3025 (Part - 41)1991

24 Chromium, Total IS:3025 (Part - 52) 2003 (Reaff 2009)

25 Copper IS:3025 (Part - 42)1992 (Reaff: 2009)

26 Iron IS 3025 (Part - 53):2003

27 Lead IS:3025 (Part - 47) 1994 (Reaff 2009)

28 Manganese IS 3025:(Part - 59):2006

29 Mercury IS 3025 (Part48):1994 RA 1999

30 Nickel IS 3025:(Part-54):2003(Reaff 2009)

31 Selenium IS 3025 Part (56)2003

32 Zinc IS:3025 (Part - 49) 1994 (Reaff 2009)

33 Dissolved Oxygen IS:3025 (Part - 38)1989 (Reaff 2009)

34 BOD 5210B APHA22nd Edn 2012

35 COD IS:3025 (Part-58)-2006

Table 3-14 Details of Surface water sampling locations

S. No

Name of the Water body Location

Code

Distance from Project

Boundary

Direction from project boundary

1 Baman Lake SW1 8.46 NNE

2 Bramaputra River U/S SW2 4.28 NE

3 Silsako Lake SW3 3.47 SSE

4 Bharalu River D/S SW4 4.89 WSW

5 Bharalu River U/S SW5 7.12 W

6 Bramaputra River D/S SW6 4.23 NW

7 Bar Nadi SW7 7.56 NNW

8 Silguri Nadi SW8 8.55 NNW

EIA Report

140

Figure 3.22 Map showing the surface water monitoring locations

EIA Report

141

Table 3-15Surface Water Monitoring Results

S. No

Parameter Unit

Surface water

Standard (IS 2296 Class-A)

Baman lake

Brahmaputra river u/s

Silsako lake

Bharalu River d/s

Bharalu River u/s

Brahmaputra river d/s

Bar Nadi Silguri Nadi

Source Lake River Lake River River River Nadi Nadi

1 Colour Hazen 10 BDL(DL1) BDL(DL1) BDL(DL1) BDL(DL1) BDL(DL1) BDL(DL1) BDL(DL1) BDL(DL1)

2 Turbidity NTU … 2.3 112 2 128 118 107 96 101

3 PH -- 6.5-8.5 7.21 7.51 7.28 6.85 7.01 7.46 7.12 7.14

4 EC µS/cm … 165 154 156 161 163 165 158 149

5 Total Dissolve Solids

mg/l 500 110 96 97 99 100 100 100 91

6 TSS mg/l … 5.6 14.3 8 15.4 2.5 15.4 2.5 15.4

7 Total Alkalinity mg/l - 40 38 30 37 39 39 40 32

8 Total Hardness mg/l 200 67 56 58 58 60 58 55 52

9 Sodium mg/l - 2.1 2 3 2.3 1.9 1.8 2.9 3.2

10 Potassium mg/l - BDL (DL

1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1)

11 Calcium ++ mg/l - 18.1 14.43 15.23 15.23 14.43 15.9 14.9 12.6

12 Magnesium ++ mg/l …. 5.2 4.86 4.86 4.86 5.83 4.37 4.4 5.1

13 Carbonate mg/l - BDL (DL

1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1)

14 Bi Carbonate mg/l - 49.3 46 36 45.1 48 47 49 39

15 Chloride mg/l 250 3.85 3.96 5.94 3.96 2.97 4.3 2.9 4.6

16 Sulphate mg/l 400 28.1 22.6 30.1 26 25.3 24.6 23.4 24.3

17 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 20 3.1 2.1 2.08 1.82 1.62 1.9 2.2 2.1

18 Phosphate mg/l - BDL

(DL 0.02) BDL

(DL 0.02) BDL

(DL 0.02) BDL

(DL 0.02) BDL

(DL 0.02) BDL

(DL 0.02) BDL

(DL 0.02) BDL

(DL 0.02)

19 Fluorides as F mg/l 1.5 0.24 0.22 0.22 0.27 0.21 0.23 0.28 0.25

EIA Report

142

S. No

Parameter Unit

Surface water

Standard (IS 2296 Class-A)

Baman lake

Brahmaputra river u/s

Silsako lake

Bharalu River d/s

Bharalu River u/s

Brahmaputra river d/s

Bar Nadi Silguri Nadi

Source Lake River Lake River River River Nadi Nadi

20 Cyanide mg/l 0.05 BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01)

21 Arsenic mg/l 0.05 BDL (DL

0.005)

BDL (DL 0.005)

BDL (DL 0.005)

BDL (DL 0.005)

BDL (DL 0.005)

BDL (DL 0.005)

BDL (DL 0.005)

BDL (DL 0.005)

22 Boron mg/l - BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1)

23 Cadmium mg/l 0.01 BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01)

24 Chromium, Total mg/l 0.05 BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05)

25 Copper mg/l 1.5 BDL

(DL0.01) BDL

(DL0.01) BDL

(DL0.01) BDL

(DL0.01) BDL

(DL0.01) BDL

(DL0.01) BDL

(DL0.01) BDL

(DL0.01)

26 Iron mg/l 0.3 0.19 0.28 0.14 0.13 0.09 0.1 0.12 0.14

27 Lead mg/l 0.1 BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1)

28 Manganese mg/l 0.5 BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05)

29 Mercury mg/l 0.001 BDL

(DL0.001) BDL

(DL0.001) BDL

(DL0.001) BDL

(DL0.001) BDL

(DL0.001) BDL

(DL0.001) BDL

(DL0.001) BDL

(DL0.001)

30 Nickel mg/l - BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05)

31 Selenium mg/l 0.01 BDL

(DL0.005) BDL

(DL0.005) BDL

(DL0.005) BDL

(DL0.005) BDL

(DL0.005) BDL

(DL0.005) BDL

(DL0.005) BDL

(DL0.005)

32 Zinc mg/l 15 BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1)

33 DO mg/l 6 6.2 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.2 6.6 6.2 6.6

34 COD mg/l … 17 18 24 28 32 8 32 7

35 BOD mg/l 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1

EIA Report

143




sample from Baman lake while lowest in Silguri Nadi. All of the TDS value are

within the water quality standards of IS: 2296:1992.




22.6 mg/l – 30.1 mg/l.


Bamanlakeand lowest from Silguri Nadi.


32mg/l.



Table 3-16Surface water Standards

S.No Parameters Unit A B C D E

1 Color Hazen 10 300 300 --- ---

2 Turbidity NTU --- --- --- --- ---

3 pH -- 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5

4 Conductivity µS/cm --- --- --- 1000 2250

5 Total Dissolved Solids

mg/l 500 --- 1500 --- 2100

6 Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l --- --- --- --- ---

7 Total Hardness as CaCo3

mg/l 300 --- --- --- ---

8 Calcium as Ca mg/l 80.10 --- --- --- ---

9 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 24.28 --- --- --- ---

10 Sodium mg/l --- --- --- --- ---

11 Potassium mg/l --- --- --- --- ---

12 Chloride as Cl mg/l 250 --- 600 --- 600

13 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 400 --- 400 --- 1000

14 Phosphate mg/l --- --- --- --- ---

15 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 20 --- 50 --- ---

16 Fluorides as F mg/l 1.5 1.5 1.5 --- ---

17 Cyanide mg/l 0.05 0.05 0.05 --- ---

18 Arsenic mg/l 0.05 0.2 0.2 --- ---

19 Cadmium mg/l 0.01 --- 0.01 --- ---

EIA Report

144

20 Chromium, Total mg/l 0.05 0.05 0.05 --- ---

21 Copper mg/l 1.5 --- 1.5 --- ---

22 Iron mg/l 0.3 --- 50 --- ---

23 Lead mg/l 0.1 --- 0.1 --- ---

24 Zinc mg/l 15 --- 15 --- ---

25 Manganese mg/l 0.5 --- --- --- ---

26 Selenium mg/l 0.01 --- 0.05 --- ---

27 Mercury mg/l 0.001 --- --- --- ---

28 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 6 5 4 4 ---

29 COD mg/l --- --- --- --- ---

30 BOD mg/l 2 3 3 --- ---

Class A – Drinking water without conventional treatment but after disinfection.

Class B –Water for outdoor bathing.

Class C – Drinking water with conventional treatment followed by disinfection.

Class D – Water for fish culture and wild life propagation.

Class E – Water for irrigation, industrial cooling and controlled waste disposal.

3.9 Groundwater Resources

Dynamic ground water resources of Kamrup district are estimated based on

the methodology adopted as per GEC 1997, following water level fluctuation and

rainfall infiltration factor methodology. The annual dynamic ground water resources

as on 2009 are estimated to be 1847.29 MCM while the net annual ground water

draft is 715.97 MCM. The stage of ground water development is 43%. The projected

demand for domestic and industrial uses up to 2025 is estimated to be about 105.16

MCM. The district is still under ‘Safe’ category and sufficient resources are still

available for future development.

Ground water development is at low key at present and estimated to be 644 MCM

only against the vast annual dynamic resources of 1482 MCM. After allocation for

domestic and industrial requirement of 105 MCM for a population estimated in 2025,

the net annual dynamic resources of 790 MCM are still available for development. At

present, groundwater draft is mainly for domestic and irrigation purposes and a

negligible amount is for industry. The water supply schemes for drinking purpose are

executed by Assam Public Health Engineering Department through groundwater

structures like dug well, hand pump and deep tube well. The groundwater draft for

EIA Report

145

irrigation is mainly from shallow tube well implemented by Agriculture Department

through the farmers. The existing draft for irrigation is estimated to be 586 MCM.

Source: Central Groundwater Board (CGWB)

3.9.1 Groundwater Quality

Groundwater is the principal source for domestic and drinking purposes in

almost all villages near the study area. The quality of the groundwater received is

influenced by pollution of soil and air, industrial and domestic waste disposal, organic

components, pathogenic microorganisms, application of fertilizers and pesticides in

agriculture, etc. Total Eight (08) ground water monitoring locations were identified for

assessment in different villages around the project site based on the usage of sub

surface water by the settlements/ villages in the study area. The groundwater results

are compared with the desirable and permissible water quality standards as per IS:

10500 (2012) for drinking water. Groundwater quality monitoring locations and

results are given in Table 3-17 andTable 3-18. Map showing the groundwater

monitoring locations are given in Figure 3.23.

Table 3-17 Details of Groundwater Quality Monitoring Locations

S. No Station Code Location Distance (km) from

Project boundary

Azimuth

Directions

1 GW1 IOCL-GR - -

2 GW2 Kharguli Gaon 3.19 NE

3 GW3 Sat Gaon 4.18 SE

4 GW4 Barbari 3.06 S

5 GW5 Japarigog 3.72 SW

6 GW6 Bhulkachu 2.14 SW

7 GW7 Sahebkhat 3.14 W

8 GW8 Nunmati 1.81 N

EIA Report

146

Figure 3.23 Map showing the groundwater monitoring locations

EIA Report

147

Table 3-18 Physico chemical analysis of Ground water samples from study area

S. No

Parameters Unit

Drinking

water Standard (IS 10500: 2012) Permissible Limit

Drinking water Standard (IS

10500: 2012)

Acceptable Limit

IOC

L -

GR

Kh

arg

uli G

ao

n

Sat

Gao

n

Barb

ari

Jap

ari

go

g

Bh

ulk

ach

u

Sah

eb

kh

at

No

on

mati

1 Colour Haze

n 15 5

BDL (DL 1.0)

BDL (DL 1.0)

BDL (DL 1.0)

BDL (DL 1.0)

BDL (DL 1.0)

BDL (DL 1.0)

BDL (DL 1.0)

BDL (DL 1.0)

2 Turbidity NTU

1 BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1)

3 pH -- -- 6.5-8.5 6.65 7.01 6.87 6.58 7.21 6.77 6.93 6.98

4 EC µS/c

m … … 172 386 192 336 169 562 475 172

5 TDS mg/l 2000 500 119 252 128 224 104 388 308 106

6 Total Suspended Solids (TSS)

… … BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1)

7 Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 600 200 37 109 12 53 31 116 134 30

8 Total Hardness as CaCo3

mg/l 600 200 75 140 60 83 56 230 198 55

9 Sodium mg/l

… 8 15 22 31 7 29 18 7

10 Potassium mg/l

… 1 1 2 2 BDL

(DL1) 2 2

BDL (DL1)

11 Calcium as Ca mg/l 200 75 16.03 36.07 10.02 18.04 13.63 44.09 46.09 12.83

12 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 100 30 8.51 12.15 8.52 9.31 5.34 29.16 20.03 5.65

13 Carbonate mg/l … … BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1)

14 Bi carbonate mg/l … … 45 133 15 65 38 141 163 36

15 Chloride mg/l 1000 250 27.3 32.17 42.3 64.33 14.85 59.39 37.12 13.86

EIA Report

148

16 Sulphate SO4 mg/l 400 200 10.6 19.93 25 32.48 23.52 79.27 18.49 28.78

17 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l

45 2.14 3.14 3.42 3.02 1.62 4.34 3.34 1.42

18 Phosphate mg/l

- 0.07 0.06 0.05 BDL

(DL0.02) BDL

(DL0.02) BDL

(DL0.02) BDL

(DL0.02) BDL

(DL0.02)

19 Fluorides as F

1.5 1 0.27 0.36 0.34 0.38 0.22 0.48 0.4 0.2

20 Cyanide mg/l

0.05 BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01)

21 Arsenic mg/l 0.05 0.01 BDL (DL 0.005)

BDL (DL 0.005)

BDL (DL 0.005)

BDL (DL 0.005)

BDL (DL 0.005)

BDL (DL 0.005)

BDL (DL 0.005)

BDL (DL 0.005)

22 Boron mg/l

0.5 BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1)

23 Cadmium mg/l

0.003 BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01) BDL

(DL 0.01)

24 Chromium, Total mg/l

0.05 BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05)

25 Copper mg/l 1.5 0.05 BDL

(DL0.01) BDL

(DL0.01) BDL

(DL0.01) 0.019

BDL (DL0.01)

BDL (DL0.01)

BDL (DL0.01)

BDL (DL0.01)

26 Iron mg/l

0.3 BDL

(DL0.02) 1.32

BDL (DL0.02)

0.09 BDL

(DL0.02) BDL

(DL0.02) 0.61

BDL (DL0.02)

27 Lead mg/l

0.01 BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1)

28 Manganese mg/l

0.1 BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05)

29 Mercury mg/l

0.001 BDL

(DL0.001) BDL

(DL0.001) BDL

(DL0.001) BDL

(DL0.001) BDL

(DL0.001) BDL

(DL0.001) BDL

(DL0.001) BDL

(DL0.001)

30 Nickel mg/l

0.02 BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05) BDL

(DL0.05)

31 Selenium mg/l

0.01 BDL

(DL0.005) BDL

(DL0.005) BDL

(DL0.005) BDL

(DL0.005) BDL

(DL0.005) BDL

(DL0.005) BDL

(DL0.005) BDL

(DL0.005)

32 Zinc mg/l 15 5 BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1)

EIA Report

149


A summary of analytical results are presented below:














mg/l and 2000 mg/l.







2012.



the IS 10500: 2012.



3.10 Soil as a resource and its Quality

Soils comprising various proportions of sand, silt, clay and organic material in

the district are grouped into three broad categories – a) newer alluvial soil, b) valley

EIA Report

150

fill/older alluvial soil and c) soils over forest and hilly terrain. In order to assess the

quality of soil at different locations in the study area, various land use categories

were taken into account. Soil sampling was carried out at Eight (08) locations in the

study area. Soil analysis was carried as per IS: 2720 methods. Soil quality

monitoring locations & results are given in Table 3-19&Table 3-20. Map showing the

soil monitoring locations are given inFigure 3.24.

Table 3-19Soil& Sediment Quality Monitoring Locations

S. No Location Code Location Distance (Km) Direction

1 S1 IOCL-GR - -

2 S2 Kharguli Gaon 3.19 NE

3 S3 Sat Gaon 4.18 SE

4 S4 Barbari 3.06 S

5 S5 Japarigog 3.72 SW

6 S6 Bhulkachu 2.14 SW

7 S7 Sahebkhat 3.14 W

8 S8 Nunmati 1.81 N

EIA Report

151

Figure 3.24 Map showing the soil monitoring location

EIA Report

152

Table 3-20Physico Chemical parameters of soil samples from the study area

S. No

Parameters Units IOCL-GR Kharguli

Gaon Sat Gaon Barbari Japarigog Bhulkachu Sahebkhat Noonmati

1 colour

Reddish Brown

Brown Dark

Brown Yellowish

Brown Brown Brown Brown

Dark Brown

2 Soil Texture

Silt Loam Silt Loam loam loam Loam Loam Loam Clay loam

3 Sand % 13.72 12.36 48.12 82.66 60.08 3.44 5.32 13.64

4 Silt % 12.06 15.4 9.32 5.24 5.64 10.22 8.22 10.14

5 Clay % 74.22 72.24 42.56 12.1 34.28 86.34 86.46 76.22

6 pH

7.23 6.95 7.11 7.08 6.54 6.72 6.28 7.24

7 Electrical conductivity umhos/cm 324 384 320 196 248 212 220 254

8 Infiltration Rate cm/hr 1.06 1.35 1.05 1.45 1.32 1.08 1.04 1.39

9 Bulk Density gm/cc 1.24 1.42 1.28 1.22 1.41 1.38 1.36 1.2

10 Cation Exchange Capacity

meq/100 gm

27.2 26.0 11.3 4.1 7.2 33.5 33.6 28.1

11 Moisture content % 26.22 22.24 18.28 5.36 20.54 18.44 16.34 22.46

12 Water Holding Capacity

% 25.86 19.24 24.22 26.58 19.48 22.42 24.26 26.54

13 Organic Carbon % 0.16 0.1 0.13 0.09 0.14 0.22 0.23 0.14

14 Organic matter % 0.276 0.172 0.224 0.155 0.241 0.379 0.397 0.241

15 Nitrogen as N mg/kg 152.38 102.24 126.24 98.54 124.56 212.2 212.26 128.54

16 Phosphorus mg/kg 78.24 51.12 60.84 38.24 60.84 99.62 98.64 64.28

17 Potassium mg/kg 138 100 118 97 117 184 184 120

18 Calcium mg/kg 300 320 280 250 240 220 320 280

19 Magnesium mg/kg 152 184 142 114 168 164 144 172

20 Boron mg/kg BDL

(DL0.1) BDL

(DL0.1) BDL

(DL0.1) BDL

(DL0.1) BDL

(DL0.1) BDL

(DL0.1) BDL

(DL0.1) BDL

(DL0.1)

21 Cadmium mg/kg BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1)

22 Chromium mg/kg 16.92 20.88 1.96 8.75 19.28 11.85 5.9 12.94

EIA Report

153

S. No

Parameters Units IOCL-GR Kharguli

Gaon Sat Gaon Barbari Japarigog Bhulkachu Sahebkhat Noonmati

23 Copper mg/kg 8.79 12.83 3.33 7.05 10.33 15.6 9.75 10.16

24 Zinc mg/kg 0.09 0.1 BDL 0.05 BDL BDL BDL BDL


Summary of analytical results


Conductivity of the soil samples ranged from 196 – 384 µS/cm. As the EC value is less than 2000 μS/cm, the soil is found to

be non-saline in nature.


Nitrogen content ranged from 98.54-212.26 mg/kg, Phosphorous ranged from 38.24 mg/kg to 99.62 mg/kg, Potassium content

ranges from 97 mg/kg to 184 mg/kg.

EIA Report

154

3.11 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

An ecological study of the ecosystem is essential to understand the impact of

industrialization and urbanization on existing flora and fauna of the study area.

Studies on various aspects of ecosystem play an important role in identifying

sensitive issues for under taking appropriate action to mitigate the impact, if any. The

biological study was under taken as a part of the EIA study report to understand the

present status of ecosystem prevailing in the study area, to compare it with past

condition with the help of available data, to predict changes in the biological

environment as a result of present activities and to suggest measures for maintaining

its health. The flora & fauna details within 15 km radius furnished with secondary

source data.

During secondary survey, following aspects were considered for ecological studies:

Assessment of present status of flora and fauna;

Identification of rare and endangered species of plants and animals (if any);

Identification of ecologically sensitive areas within the study area;

Assessment of migratory route of wildlife (if any); and

Assessment of Aquatic Ecology with specific reference to aquatic birds.

Project site is situated in Noonmati village. In this region comprises of Tropical Moist

Deciduous type forests, Brahmaputra valley, numerous wetland and human

population area. The Amchang wildlife sanctuary is located towards East

approximately 3.5 km from the project site.

3.11.1 Flora

The information of important terrestrial Angiosperm habit such as herb, shrub,

climber, grass, sedge and tree were collected from the secondary sources. An

inventory of the list reported in the study area is given in Table 3-21.

Table 3-21 List of flora reported/observed in the study area

S.No

Scientific Name Family Life form

Status Local Name

1 Abroma augusta Sterculiaceae Shrub Common Ulat-kombol, Hati-piola

2 Abutilon hirtum Malvaceae Herb Common Jopa bondha

3 Abutilon indicum Malvaceae Herb Common

4 Acacia diadenia Mimosaceae Tree Common Sia-nahar

EIA Report

155

S.No


Status Local Name

5 Acanthephippium silhetense

Orchidaceae Herb Vulnerable-IUCN

6 Acranthera tomentosa Rutaceae Herb Vulnerable-IUCN

7 Adinandra griffithii Theaceae Tree Vulnerable-IUCN

8 Aegle marmelos Rutaceae Tree Common Beal

9 Aeschynomene aspera

Fabaceae Shrub Common Kuhila, Kankula.

10 Albizia lebbeck Mimosaceae Tree Common Kothiya-koroi, Sirish.

11 Albizia odoratissima Mimosaceae Tree Common Sirolu, Koroi.

12 Albizia procera Mimosaceae Tree Common Tantari-asing, Koroi.

13 Alysicarpus bupleurifolius

Fabaceae Herb Common

14 Alysicarpus monilifer Fabaceae Herb Common

15 Alysicarpus vaginalis Fabaceae Herb Common Chauli, Sauri

16 Ampelocissus latifolia Vitaceae Shrub Common

17 Anacardium occidentale

Annacardiaceae Tree Common Kaju-badam

18 Antiaris toxicaria Moraceae Tree Common Dhuna-goch

19 Apluda mutica Poaceae Grasses

Common

20 Apostasia nuda Orchidaceae Herb Vulnerable-IUCN

21 Arachis hypogia Fabaceae Herb Common

22 Argemone mexicana Papaveraceae Herb Common

23 Argemone mexicana Fabaceae Herb Common siyalakanta

24 Aristida setacea Poaceae Grasses

Common

25 Arthraxon prionodes Poaceae Grasses

Common

26 Artocarpus heterophyllus

Moraceae Tree Common kothal

27 Artocarpus hirsutus Moraceae Tree Common Sam

28 Artocarpus incisus Moraceae Tree Common

29 Arundinella pumila Poaceae Grasses

Common

30 Arundo donax Poaceae Grasses

Common

31 Axonopus compressus

Poaceae Grasses

Common

32 Azadirachta indica Meliaceae Tree Common

33 Bambusa bambos Poaceae Grasses

Common

34 Barringtonia Lecythidaceae Tree Common Hendol, Hinyol

EIA Report

156

S.No


Status Local Name

acutangula

35 Bauhinia purpurea Caesalpiniaceae

Tree Common Og-yok,. Kurial

36 Bauhinia racemosa Caesalpiniaceae

Tree Common kanchan

37 Bauhinia retusa Caesalpiniaceae

Tree Common

38 Beilschmiedia roxburghiana

Lauraceae Tree Common

39 Biophytum sensitivum Oxalidaceae Herb Common

40 Brassica campestris Brassicacea Herb Common

41 Buchanania lanzan Anacardiaceae Tree Common Piyal

42 Bulbostylis barbata Cyperaceae Sedge Common

43 Bulbostylis densa Cyperaceae Sedge Common

44 Bulbostylis puberula Cyperaceae Sedge Common

45 Butea monosperma Fabaceae Tree Common bipornok

46 Butea parviflora Fabaceae Shrub Common

47 Capparis zeylanica Capparaceae Shrub Common

48 Careya arborea Lecythidaceae Tree Common Kumbi

49 Cardiospermum halicacabum

Sapindaceae Herb Common

50 Casearia vareca Flacourtiaceae Herb Common

51 Cassia fistula Caesalpiniaceae

Tree Common Sonaru, Sonalu.

52 Cayratia trifolia Vitaceae Climber

Common

53 Cenchrus ciliaris Poaceae Grasses

Common

54 Cenchrus setigerus Poaceae Grasses

Common

55 Centotheca lappacea Poaceae Grasses

Common

56 Chloris barbata Poaceae Grasses

Common

57 Chonemorpha griffithii Apocynaceae Climber

Common

58 Chrysopogon aciculatus

Poaceae Grasses

Common

59 Cicer arietinum Fabaceae Herb Common

60 Cinamomum bejolghota

Lauraceae Tree Common Tejpat, Mahpat, Tejpat.

61 Cissampelos pareira Menispermaceae

Climber

Common

62 Cissus quadrangularis Vitaceae Climber

Common

63 Citrus limon Rutaceae Tree Common Nemu tenga.

64 Clematis Ranunculaceae Climbe Common

EIA Report

157

S.No


Status Local Name

buchananiana r

65 Cleome gynandra Capparaceae Herb Common

66 Cleome viscose Capparaceae Herb Common

67 Coelogyne trinervis Orchidaceae Herb Vulnerable-IUCN

68 Courtoisia cyperoides Cyperaceae Sedge Common

69 Creteva magna Capparaceae Herb Common Barun

70 Crinum amoenum Amaryllidaceae Herb Common

71 Crotalaria alata Fabaceae Herb Common

72 Crotalaria linifolia Fabaceae Herb Common

73 Crotalaria mysorensis Fabaceae Herb Common

74 Crotalaria prostrata Fabaceae Herb Common Dhundhuni

75 Crotalaria verrucosa Fabaceae Herb Common

76 Crypteronia paniculata

Lythraceae Climber

Common

77 Cymbopogon flexuosus

Poaceae Grasses

Common Nemu-gondhibon.

78 Cynodon dactylon Poaceae Grasses

Common

79 Cyperus compressus Cyperaceae Sedge Common

80 Cyperus difformis Cyperaceae Sedge Common

81 Cyperus digitatus Cyperaceae Sedge Common

82 Cyperus distans Cyperaceae Sedge Common

83 Cyperus iria Cyperaceae Sedge Common

84 Dactyloctenium aegyptium

Poaceae Grasses

Common

85 Dalbergia lanceolaria Fabaceae Tree Common

86 Dalbergia latifolia Fabaceae Tree Common

87 Dalbergia sissoo Fabaceae Tree Common Sisu-goch.

88 Desmodium pulchellum

Fabaceae Shrub Common

89 Desmodium triquetrum


90 Digitaria longiflora Poaceae Grasses

Common

91 Dillenia indica Dilleniaceae Tree Common Outenga, Ou-tenga.

92 Drymaria diandra Caryophyllaceae

Herb Common

93 Echinochloa colona Poaceae Grasses

Common

94 Eleocharis plantaginea

Cyperaceae Sedge Common

95 Eleusine coracana Poaceae Grasses

Common

96 Eleusine indica Poaceae Grass Common

EIA Report

158

S.No


Status Local Name

es

97 Elytrophorus articulates

Poaceae Grasses

Common

98 Eragrostiella bifaria Poaceae Grasses

Common

99 Eragrostis ciliata Poaceae Grasses

Common

100 Eragrostis stenophylla Poaceae Grasses

Common

101 Euryale ferox Nymphaeaceae Herb Common

102 Ficus amplissima Moraceae Tree Common

103 Ficus benghalensis Moraceae Tree Common Barh

104 Ficus hispida Moraceae Tree Common Dimoru

105 Ficus racemosa Moraceae Tree Common Mou-dimoru,. Jagya-dimoru.

106 Ficus religiosa Moraceae Tree Common

107 Fimbristylis miliacea Cyperaceae Sedge Common

108 Garcinia lancaefolia Clusiaceae Tree Rare Mahi thekera

109 Garcinia xanthochymus

Clusiaceae Tree Rare

110 Globba sessiliflora Zingiberaceae Herb Common

111 Glycosmis pentaphylla

Rutaceae Tree Common Gin Berry

112 Gmelina arborea Verbenaceae Tree Common

113 Gmelina asiatica Verbenaceae Shrub Common Gomari

114 Helicteres isora Sterculiaceae Shrub Common

115 Heteropogon contortus

Poaceae Grasses

Common

116 Hibiscus micranthus Malvaceae Herb Common

117 Holigarna arnottiana Anacardiaceae Tree Common

118 Hybanthus enneaspermus

Violaceae Herb Common

119 Hydrilla verticillata Urticaceae Herb Common

120 Imperata cylindrica Poaceae Grasses

Common

121 Indigofera aspalathoides


122 Indigofera hirsuta Fabaceae Herb Common

123 Indigofera linnaei Fabaceae Herb Common

124 Isachne australis Poaceae Grasses

Common

125 Isachne miliacea Poaceae Grasses

Common

126 Kylinga hyalina Cyperaceae Sedge Common

127 Kyllinga triceps Cyperaceae Sedge Common

128 Lagerstroemia Lythraceae Tree Vulnerable Saoni.

EIA Report

159

S.No


Status Local Name

minuticarpa -IUCN

129 Lagerstroemia speciosa

Lythraceae Tree Common

130 Lannea coromandelica

Anacardiaceae Tree Common

131 Lantana camara Verbenaceae Shrub Common

132 Lantana indica Verbenaceae Shrub Common

133 Ludwigia hyssopifolia Onagraceae Herb Common

134 Ludwigia octovalvis Onagraceae Herb Common

135 Ludwigia perennis Onagraceae Herb Common

136 Ludwigia prostrata Onagraceae Herb Common

137 Malvastrum coromandelianum

Malvaceae Herb Common

138 Mangifera indica Anacardiaceae Tree Common Aam, Am, Aam.

139 Mariscus sieberianus Cyperaceae Sedge Common

140 Melastoma malabathricum

Melastomataceae

Shrub Common

141 Melia azedarach Meliaceae Tree Common

142 Micromelum integerrimum

Rutaceae Shrub Common

143 Murraya paniculata Rutaceae Shrub Common

144 Musa sp. Musaseae Herb Common

145 Naregamia alata Meliaceae Herb Common

146 Nechamandra alternifolia

Urticaceae Herb Common

147 Nelumbo nucifera Nelumbonaceae

Herb Common

148 Nymphaea pubescens

Nymphaeaceae Herb Common

149 Nymphaea stellata Nymphaeaceae Herb Common

150 Ophiorrhiza tingens Rutaceae Shrub Vulnerable-IUCN

151 Oplismenus compositus

Poaceae Grasses

Common

152 Oplismenus compositus

Poaceae Grasses

Common

153 Oryza sativa Poaceae Grasses

Common

154 Ottelia alsimoides Urticaceae Herb Common

155 Oxalis corniculata Oxalidaceae Herb Common

156 Panicum proliferum Poaceae Grasses

Common

157 Panicum psilopodium Poaceae Grasses

Common

158 Panicum repens Poaceae Grasses

Common

159 Paspalidium flavidum Poaceae Grass Common

EIA Report

160

S.No


Status Local Name

es

160 Paspalum scrobiculatum

Poaceae Grasses

Common

161 Perotis indica Poaceae Grasses

Common

162 Phragmites karka Poaceae Grasses

Common

163 Piper peepuloides Piperaceae Climber

Common

164 Pisum sativum Fabaceae Herb Common

165 Pogonatherum crinitum

Poaceae Grasses

Common

166 Polygala arvensis Polygalaceae Herb Common

167 Pongamia pinnata Fabaceae Tree Common koroch

168 Portulaca oleraceae Portulacaceae Herb Common

169 Portulaca quadrifida Portulacaceae Herb Common

170 Pouzolzia hirta Urticaceae Herb Common

171 Pseudarthria viscida Fabaceae Shrub Common

172 Psidium guajava Myrtaceae Tree Common

173 Pterocarpus marsupium

Fabaceae Tree Common IndianKino, Bijasal

174 Pycreus stramineus Cyperaceae Sedge Common

175 Ranunculus cantoniensis

Ranunculaceae Herb Common

176 Ranunculus scleratus Ranunculaceae Herb Common

177 Rhynchosia aurea Fabaceae Herb Common

178 Rhynchosia cana Fabaceae Herb Common

179 Rhynchosia minima Fabaceae Climber

Common

180 Rhynchosia rufescens Fabaceae Shrub Common

181 Saccharum officinarum

Poaceae Grasses

Common

182 Saccharum spontaneum

Poaceae Grasses

Common

183 Sacciolepis indica Poaceae Grasses

Common

184 Sapindus mukorossi Sapindaceae Tree Common

185 Schima wallichii Theaceae Tree Rare

186 Semecarpus anacardium

Anacardiaceae Tree Common Bhallataka, geeru beeja

187 Shorea assamica Dipteroarpaceae

Tree Common Mekoi, Mekahi.

188 Sida acuta Malvaceae Herb Common

189 Sida cordifolia Malvaceae Herb Common

190 Sida rhombifolia Malvaceae Herb Common

191 Solanum melongena Solanaceae Herb Common

EIA Report

161

S.No


Status Local Name

192 Solanum tuberosum Solanaceae Herb Common

193 Soymida febrifuga Meliaceae Tree Common Raktarohan

194 Spondias pinnata Anacardiaceae Tree Common Amara, Amra-tenga

195 Stephania japonica Menispermaceae

Climber

Common

196 Sterculia urens Sterculiaceae Tree Common Kulu

197 Sterculia sp. Sterculiaceae Tree Common

198 Sterculia villosa Sterculiaceae Tree Common Odal, Udal.

199 Swietenia mahagoni Meliaceae Tree Common

200 Syzygium cumini Myrtaceae Tree Common Jamu, kala jamu

201 Syzygium salicifolium Myrtaceae Tree Common

202 Tectona grandis Verbenaceae Tree Common Segun.

203 Tephrosia purpurea Fabaceae Herb Common

204 Terminalia chebula Combretaceae Tree Common

205 Terminallia arjuna Combretaceae Tree Common Arjun.

206 Tinospora cordifolia Menispermaceae

Climber

Common

207 Toona ciliata Meliaceae Tree Common Lal-poma

208 Trapa natans Trapaceae Herb Common

209 Tribulus lanuginosis Zygophyllaceae Herb Common

210 Triumfetta rhomboidea

Tiliaceae Herb Common

211 Vallisnaria spiralis Urticaceae Herb Common

212 Vigna radiata Fabaceae Herb Common

213 Vigna unguiculata Fabaceae Herb Common

214 Viscum angulatum Viscaceae Shrub Common

215 Viscum articulatum Viscaceae Shrub Common

216 Vitex negundo Verbenaceae Tree Common Posotiya

217 Waltheria indica Sterculiaceae Herb Common

218 Zingiber zerumbet Zingiberaceae Herb Common

Zornia diphylla Fabaceae Herb Common

LC- Least Concern, NT- near Threatened, EN- Endangered, NA-Not yet assessed,

DD -Data Deficient, VU-Vulnerable

3.11.2 Fauna

The information of important terrestrial animals group such as birds, reptiles and

mammals were collected from the secondary sources. An inventory of the animals

has been prepared separately for mammals, reptiles and birds. List of fauna reported

in the study area is given in

Table 3-22.

162

SN

Common Name Scientific Name Status

1. Hog Deer Axis porcinus EN

2. Wild Boar Sus scrofa LC

3. Leopard Cat Prionailurus bengalensis S-I/LC

4. Jungle Cat Felis chaus LC

5. Asiatic Jackal Canis aureus LC

6. Bengal Fox Vulpes bengalensis LC

7. Small Indian Civet Viverricula indica LC

8. Common Palm Civet Paradoxurus hermaphroditus LC

9. Indian Grey Mongoose Herpestes edwardsii LC

10. Small Asian Mongoose Herpestes javanicus LC

11. Western Hoolock Gibbon

Hoolock hoolock S-I/EN

12. Rhesus Macaque Macaca mulatto LC |

13. Assam Macaque Macaca assamensis NT

14. Capped Langur Trachypithecus pileatus S-I/VU

15. Bengal Slow Loris Nycticebus bengalensis VU

16. Chinese Pangolin Manis pentadactyla S-I/EN

17. Indian Palm Squirrel Funambulus palmarum LC

18. Porcupine Hystrix brachyura LC

19. Lesser Bandicoot Rat Bandicota bengalensis LC

20. Hoary Bamboo Rat Rhizomys pruinosus LC

21. Indian flying Fox Pteropus giganteus LC

22. Short nosed Indian fruit Bat

Cynopterus sphinx LC

23. Least horseshoe Bat Rhinolophus pusiilus LC

24. Lesser Asiatic yellow Bat

Scotophilus kuhlii LC

25. Asian House Shrew Suncus murinus LC

26. Mole Shrew Anourosorex squamipes LC

27. Gangetic Dolphin Platanista gangetica S-l/EN

(EN-Endangered; VU-Vulnerable; NT-Near Threatened; LC- Least Concern in

IUCN red list)

Amphibian and reptile Diversity in around project site

A total of 36 species were referred.

Table 3-22 List of Fauna reported/observed in the study area

Mammals in around project site

A total of 62 species of Mammals were recorded from the secondary source.

EIA Report

EIA Report

163

S. No

Scientific name Family IUCN IWPA schedule

1 Amphibian

2 Duttaphrynus melanostictus (Schneider 1799)

Bufonidae LC NS

3 Megophrys parva (Boulenger 1893) Megophryidae LC NS

4 Microhyla ornata (Dumerili and Bibron 1841)

Microhylidae LC NS

5 Microhyla berdmorei (Blyth 1856) Microhylidae LC NS

6 Hoplobatrachus tigerinus (Daudin 1803)

Dicroglossidae LC IV

7 Euphlyctis cyanophlyctis (Schneider 1799)


8 Fejervarya teraiensis (Dubois 1984) Dicroglossidae LC IV

9 Fejervarya pierrei (Dubois 1975) Dicroglossidae LC IV

10 Fejervarya syhadrensis (Annandale 1919)


11 Fejervarya nepalensis (Dubois 1975) Dicroglossidae LC IV

12 Limnonectes khasianus (Anderson 1871)

Dicroglossidae DD IV

13 Amolops assamensis Sengupta et al. 2007

Ranidae DD IV

14 Amolops gerbillus (Annandale 1912) Ranidae LC IV

15 Humerana humeralis (Boulenger 1887)

Ranidae LC IV

16 Silvirana leptoglossa (Cope 1868) Ranidae LC IV

17 Clinotarsus alticola (Boulenger 1882) Ranidae LC IV

18 Hylarana tytleri (Theobald 1868) Ranidae LC IV

19 Polypedates teraiensis (Dubois 1987) Rhacophoridae LC NS

20 Philautus garo (Boulenger 1919) Rhacophoridae VU NS

21 Rhacophorus bipunctatus Ahl 1927 Rhacophoridae LC NS

22 Ichthyophis garoensis (Pillai and Ravichandran 1999)

Ichthyophiidae DD NS

23 Ichthyophis moustakius Kamei et al. 2009

Ichthyophiidae DD NS

Reptile

24 Nilssonia hurum (Gray 1831) Tryonichidae VU I

25 Lissemys punctata (Bonnaterre 1789) Tryonichidae LC I

26 Xenochrophis piscator (Schneider 1799)

Tryonichidae NE II

27 Amphiesma stolata (Linnaeus 1758) Tryonichidae NE IV

28 Enhydris enhydris (Schneider 1799) Tryonichidae LC IV

29 Ptyas mucosa (Linnaeus 1758) Tryonichidae NE II

30 Ptyas korros (Schlegel 1837) Tryonichidae NE IV

EIA Report

164

S. No

Scientific name Family IUCN IWPA schedule

31 Rhabdophis subminiatus (Schlegel 1837)

Tryonichidae LC IV

32 Chrysopelea ornata (Shaw 1802) Tryonichidae NE IV

33 Psammodynastes pulverulentus (Boie 1827)

Tryonichidae NE IV

34 Naja kaouthia (Lesson 1831) Elapidae LC II

35 Bungarus fasciatus (Schneider 1801) Elapidae LC IV

36 Trimeresurus albolabris Gray 1842 Viperidae LC IV

(S-I-Schedule-Iof Indian Wild Life Protection Act-1972; EN-Endangered; VU-

Vulnerable; NT-Near Threatened; LC- Least Concern in IUCN red list)

Birds Diversity in around project site

A total of 62 species of birds, belonging to 17 families, were recorded from the

secondary source.

S.No Common Name Scientific name Conservation status

I ANATIDAE

1. Gadwall Mareca strepera LC

2. Lesser Whistling Duck Dendrocygna javanica LC

3. Eurasian Wigeon M. penelope LC

4. Baer’s Pochard Aythya baeri En

5. Common Teal Anas crecca LC

6. Mallard A. platyrhynchos LC

7. Northern Pintail A. acuta LC

8. Northern Shoveller Spatula clypeata LC

9. Red-crested Pochard Netta rufina LC

10. Ferruginous Duck A. nyroca NT

11. Garganey S. querquedula LC

12. Common Pochard A. ferina LC

13. Tufted Duck A. fuligula LC

II CHARADRIIDAE

14. Northern Lapwing Vanellus vanellus LC

15. Grey-headed Lapwing V. cinereus LC

16. Red-wattled Lapwing V. indicus LC

17. Pacific Golden Plover Pluvialis fulva LC

18. River Lapwing V. duvaucelii LC

19. Little Ringed Plover Charadrius dubius LC

20. Greater Sand Plover C. leschenaultii LC

III ARDEIDAE

21. Great Egret Ardea alba LC

22. Intermediate Egret A. intermedia LC

23. Little Egret Egretta garzetta LC

24. Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis LC

25. Grey Heron Ardea cinerea LC

EIA Report

165


26. Indian Pond Heron Ardeola grayii LC

IV PHALACROCORACIDAE

27. Little Cormorant Microcarbo niger LC

V CICONIIDAE

28. Asian Openbill Anastomus oscitans LC

29. Lesser Adjutant Leptoptilos javanicus Vu

VI JACANIDAE

30. Pheasant-tailed Jacana Hydrophasianus chirurgus LC

31. Bronze-winged Jacana Metopidius indicus LC

VII RECURVIROSTRIDAE

32. Pied Avocet Recurvirostra avosetta LC

VIII PODICIPEDIDAE

33. Little Grebe Tachybaptus ruficollis LC

34. Great Crested Grebe Podiceps cristatus LC

IX RALLIDAE

35. Common Coot Fulica atra LC

36. Purple Swamphen Porphyrio porphyrio LC

X ALCEDINIDAE

37. White-throated Kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis LC

38. Common Kingfisher Alcedo atthis LC

39. Pied Kingfisher Ceryle rudis LC

40. Ruddy Kingfisher H. coromanda LC

XI MOTACILLIDAE

41. Western Yellow Wagtail Motacilla flava LC

42. White Wagtail M. alba LC

43. Citrine Wagtail M. citreola LC

44. Grey Wagtail M. cinerea LC

XII LARIDAE

45. Black-headed Gull Chroicocephalus ridibundus LC

46. Whiskered Tern Chlidonias hybrida LC

XIII HIRUNDINIDAE

47. Barn Swallow Hirundo rustica LC

XIV FALCONIDAE

50. Common Kestrel Falco tinnunculus LC

XV ACCPITRIDAE

51. Pied Harrier Circus melanoleucos LC

52. Eastern Marsh Harrier C. spilonotus LC

53. Osprey Pandion haliaetus LC

XVI SCOLOPACIDAE

54. Jack Snipe Lymnocryptes minimus LC

55. Common Snipe Gallinago gallinago LC

56. Marsh Sandpiper Tringa stagnatilis LC

57. Green Sandpiper T. ochropus LC

58. Wood Sandpiper T. glareola LC

59. Common Sandpiper Actitis hypoleucos LC

60. Common Green Shank T. nebularia LC

EIA Report

166


61. Little Stint Calidris minuta LC

XVII ROSTRATULIDAE

62. Greater Painted-snipe Rostratula benghalensis LC

(EN-Endangered; VU-Vulnerable; NT-Near Threatened; LC- Least Concern in

IUCN red list)

Butterfly Diversity in around project site

A total number of 54 species of butterflies belonging to 6 (six) families were

reported. Among various families of butterflies found, Nymphalidae family was

represented by 22 species followed by 10 species of Lycaenidae, 9 species of

Pieridae, 5 species of Papilionoidae, 6 species of Hesperidae and Riodinidae

family was represented by 2 species.

S. No Common Name Species

1 Grey Pansy Junonia atlites

2 Dusky Diadem Ethope himachala

3 Common Evening brown Melanitis leda

4 Perak Lascar Paltoporia paraka

5 Common Five ring Ypthima baldus

6 Tawny Coaster Acraea terpsicore

7 Common Palmfly Elymnias hypermnestra

8 Common Brushbrown Mycalesis perseus

9 Grey Count Tanaecia lepidea

10 Common Crow Euploea core core

11 Large Yeoman Cirrochroa aoris

12 Common Red forester Lethe mekara

13 Lemon Pansy Junonia lemonias

14 Commander Moduza procris

15 Striped Blue crow Euploea mulciber

16 Dark-branded brush brown Mycalesis mineus

17 Spotted Palmfly Elymnias malelas

18 Chocolate Pansy Junonia iphita

19 Common Sailor Neptis hylas

20 Peacock Pansy Junonia almana

21 Yamfly Loxura atymnus

22 Danaid Eggfly Hypolimnas misippus

23 Banded Tree brown Lethe verma sinitica

24 Dark Himalayan oak blue Arhropala rama rama

25 Common Acacia blue Surendra quercetorum

26 Forget me-not Catochrysops strabo

27 Common Pierrot Castalius rosimon

EIA Report

167

28 Common Silverline Spindasis vulcanus

29 Common Line blue Prosotas nora

30 Dark Grass blue Zizeeria karsandra

31 Metallic Cerulean Jamides alecto

32 Pale Grass blue Pseudozizeeria maha

33 Plum Judy Abisara echerius

34 Punchinello Zemeros flegyas

35 Palm Bob Suastus gremius

36 Common Straight swift Parnara guttatus

37 Common Snow flat Tagiades japetus

38 Forest Hopper Artictopterus jama

39 Spotted Small flat Sarangesa purendra

40 Common Red eye Matapa aria

41 Common Mormon Papilio polytes

42 Psyche Leptosia nina nina

43 Three spot grass yellow Eurema blanda

44 Spotless Grass yellow Eurema laeta laeta

45 Common Grass yellow Eurema hecabe

46 Tailed jay Graphium agamemnon

47 Great Mormon Papilio memnon

48 Stripped Albatross Appias olferna

49 Red spot Jezebel Delias descombesi

50 Chocolate Albatross Appias lyncida

51 Indian Cabbage white Pieris canidia indica

52 Common Emigrant Catopsilia pomona

53 Lime swallow tail Papilo demoleus

54 Yellow Helen Papilio nephelus

Fish Diversity in around project site

S.No Common Name Species IUCN

1 Indian butter Cat fish Ompok bimacutatus NT

2 Rohu labeo rohita LC

3 Mrigal Cirrhinus mrigata LC

4 (Magur) Ctarias magur LC

5 Sunset Gourami Trichogaster talius LC

6 Dangila danio Danio dangita LC

7 Tiger Loach Botia dario LC

8 Devil fish Chaca chaca LC

(EN-Endangered; VU-Vulnerable; NT-Near Threatened; LC- Least Concern in IUCN red list) Management in and around Project area

EIA Report

168

Environmental problems in the state of Assam have been influenced partly by the

increasing population, survival needs of the poor and the economic greed of the

commercial interests. They are also aggravated by prevalent economic disparities

and unemployment, which are deeply embedded in unsustainable patterns of

production and consumption; ill-informed policies and programs; and inappropriate

developing strategies. As far as the forest resources of the Near Brahmaputra valley

is concerned, gap in scientific knowledge, increasing demands, lack of value addition

are the main causes for which the vast potential is yet to be tapped properly and in

some cases over exploited. Gap in scientific knowledge on various forest resources

and products is a major problem for management of resources in the state. Although

considerable amounts of revenue have been collected from forest products where

local people are also directly or indirectly involved in gathering and in some cases

marketing as well, but they have hardly any knowledge on the silvicultural

management of various minor forest products. Except for some well-known

commercial species, the information on distribution of various forest products, their

density, regeneration status, yield estimate and harvesting levels are lacking. There

is need to formulate sound management plan that addresses the knowledge about

the life cycle pattern of the species, productivity and yield estimation techniques.

Monitoring and maintaining of the complex ecosystem is important aspect of

bioresource management. Technical aspects include choice between different

methods and techniques and development of appropriate harvesting and processing

technologies. There is also social aspect of resource management that deal with

people, cultures, belief systems, attitudes and behaviour, ethics, aspirations and

social values. As far as the state of Assam is concerned, all these aspects should be

taken into consideration prior to the formulation of management strategies. Finally,

exercise of administrative power in another important aspect to hold control over

users of resources and decision-making.

For reclamation of degraded forest lands and riparian sites, plantation and

ecorestoration programme may be initiated with prioritize species in relation to

ecoregion/ agro-climatic zones. In riparian sites plantation of bamboo and various

species of grass can be initiated to check erosion. Eco-sensitive zones in the valley

should be demarcated and regulations may be imposed on developmental projects

like mega dams, industrial activities, 34 quarrying and mining in such areas are other

important measures of conservation may be initiated.

Updation of the database on floristic diversity in terms of species, ecosystems &

genetic traits with reference to status, pressures and also in regard to changing

climate are other issues of resource management.

Source: 1. Ali I, Basistha SK. Butterfly diversity of Assam state zoo cum botanical

garden. Zoos’s print journal. 2000; 15(5):264-265. 2. Barua KK, Kakakati D, kalita J. Present status of swallowtail butterflies in

Garbhanga reserve forest, ASSAM, India. Zoos’s print journal. 2004; 19(4):1439-1441.

EIA Report

169

3. Kanjilal UN, Kanjilal PC, Das A, De RN & Bor NL. 1934-1940. Flora of Assam, Vol: I-IV. Government Press, Shillong.

4. List of Fauna: Glimpses of Biodiversity in Assam. Assam State Biodiversity

Board.

5. List of Fauna: List of Herpetofaunal Diversity and Conservation Status in

Amchang Wildlife Sanctuary of Assam, India. Department of Life Science and

Bioinformatics, Assam University, Silchar, India.

6. List of Plants : Plant Diversity of Assam. A checklist of Angiosperms &

Gymnosperms. Assam Science Technology and Environment Council.

7. List of Schedule Species

http://wiienvis.nic.in/Database/ScheduleSpeciesDatabase_7969.aspx

8. Saikia MK, Kalita J, Saikia PK. New records of butterflies and authentication of several species of butterflies existence in Assam. Journal on New Biological Reports. 2015; 4(2):180-196.

9. Saikia MK. Diversity of Tropical Butterflies In Urban Altered Forest At Gauhati Uiversity Campus, Jalukbari, Assam, India. Journal of Global Biosciences. 2014; 3(2):452-463.

10. Choudhury, A., 2000. The birds of Assam. 1st ed. Guwahati: Gibbon Books &

World Wide Fund for Nature-India. Pp. 1–240.Wildlife conservation plan

The environmental clearance for the lNDAdept and lNDMAX Revamp project of

IOCL Guwahati Refinery was granted by Ministry of Environment, Forest and

Climate Change (MoEF&CC), GOI on 18/04/2016 with a condition that clearance

from National Board for Wildlife is to be obtained in respect of Amchang Wildlife

Sanctuary.

Accordingly, an online application was submitted to Guwahati Wildlife Division for

NBWL clearance on 31/08/2016 and the standing committee of NBWL finally

recommended for both the projects in its 45th meeting held on 4th Sep 2017 with

one of the following conditions:

Man-Animal Conflict Mitigation is emergent need of the area closed to Amchang

Wildlife Sanctuary. Therefore, it is pertinent that a fund may be provided by IOCL,

Guwahati Refinery which will be utilized for Wildlife Conservation and mitigation of

man-animal conflict.

To comply on the above point, a meeting was held on March 19, 2018 in the office

of the PCCF, WL and Chief Wildlife warden, Assam.PCCF, Assam was asked by

Govt of Assam to submit a detailed plan vide letter dated 3rd July, 2019.

http://wiienvis.nic.in/Database/ScheduleSpeciesDatabase_7969.aspx

EIA Report

170

Accordingly, a letter was sent from PCCF office to DFO, Wildlife, Guwahati to

submit the mitigation plan for Amchang Wildlife Sanctuary on 10thJuly2019. The

letter copy is attached as Annexure-22

IOCL Guwahati Refinery had meeting with Principal Chief Conservator of Forest

and HoFF,Assam on 12.3.2020 to discuss the fund to be provided and also to

provide the Mitigation plan.Proposed wild life conservation and mitigation plan of

IOCL Guwahati is attached as Annexure-23

3.12 Socio Economic Profile of Project Influenced Area

The project location (Noonmati) is situated in the Kamrup Metropolitan area.The

impact area of 5 Km and 10 Km under the districts of Kamrup, Kamrup Metropolitan

and Darrang. The river Brahmaputra is traversing in the project area. The average

family size is 4.16. The total number of households is 1,98,634. Of the total

population male shares 51.90% and female shares 48.10%. The scheduled caste

population constitutes 5.74 % and scheduled tribe constitutes 4.57% of total

population of the area. Of the total population of the area, 94.52% of the populations

are living in urban areas.

3.12.1 Socio Economic Aspects

A socio-economic study was undertaken in assessing aspects which are

dealing with social and cultural conditions, and economic status in the study area.

The study provides information such as demographic structure, population dynamics,

infrastructure resources, and the status of human health and economic attributes like

employment, per-capita income, agriculture, trade, and industrial development in the

study area. The study of these characteristic helps in identification, prediction and

evaluation of impacts on socio-economic and parameters of human interest due to

proposed project developments. The parameters are:

Demographic structure

Infrastructure Facility

Economic Status

Health status

Cultural attributes

EIA Report

171

Awareness and opinion of people about the project and Industries in the

area.

The following Table 3-23 provides the certain important social indicators of

Kamrup(M) District.

Table 3-23 Social Indicators

S. No Social Indicators

1 Decadal variation % 18.34

2 Urban population % 82.70

3 Sex ratio 936

4 Sex ratio for 0-6 age group 936

5 Population density (per square Km) 1313

6 Scheduled caste population % 8.12

7 Scheduled tribe population % 5.99

8 Literacy rate % 76.45

9 Work Participation rate % 39.15

10 Main Workers % 32.95

11 Marginal Workers % 6.20

12 Agriculture workers % 8.60

13 Maternal mortality rate (per 100000 live births) 325

14 Infant Mortality rate (the number of deaths of children less than one year of age per 1000 live births.

42

15 Institutional delivery % 93.3

Source: Census 2011

3.12.2 Socio Economic profile of the study area

The project is located in Noonmati Village of Kamrup district. The total family

of impact area (10km radius) is 198634 and the population is 826204. The female

population (48.1%) outnumbers the male population (51.89%). The average family

size is 4.15. The Scheduled caste population is 25.73% and Scheduled tribe

population is 4.56%. Demographic details of the study area are given in Table 3-25.

3.12.3 Education

The area is being urban and capitals of Assam, there are a good number of

educational institutions. The literacy rate of the area is 91.38%.

The following table shows the available educational institutions in the area. Table

3-24shows the Education profile of the project study area.

EIA Report

172

Primary School

Upper Primary

UP+ Higher Secondary

High School

Higher Secondary

Junior College

541 155 72 139 38 7

Table 3-24 Education profile of the project study area

EIA Report

173

Table 3-25Demographic details of the study area

Name Total

Household Total

Population Male Female

Below 6

Scheduled Caste

Scheduled tribe

Within 5 Km Kamrup M District

Guwahati (M Corp.) Part 44062 180618 93437 87181 15666 10223 6729

Dispur Taluk Kalitakuchi N.C. 320 1728 916 812 199 142 24

No.1 Bonda Grant 444 2179 1127 1052 244 201 561

No.2 Bonda Grant 165 783 403 380 90 17 19

Tintukura N.C. 37 199 89 110 21 45 0

Kharghuli 313 1420 702 718 163 118 239

Guwahati (M Corp.) Part 63067 252818 130614 122204 23161 11106 12413

Sonapur Taluk 2 No. Birkuchi 185 898 467 431 104 40 23

2 No. Bonda 284 1263 668 595 138 93 282

2 No. Hojobari 101 509 269 240 55 16 16

2 No. Kharghuli 648 2948 1574 1374 513 808 139

2 No. Panikhati 137 646 329 317 74 7 116

Kharghuli N.C. 245 1251 654 597 218 5 385

5-10 Km Kamrup M District Guwahati (M Corp.) Part 19609 90398 47878 42520 8427 5147 1956

Dispur Taluk Guwahati (M Corp.) Part 60092 246704 128427 118277 24804 12312 11567

Sonapur Taluk Amseng 828 3979 2094 1885 520 102 99

EIA Report

174

Name Total

Household Total


Below 6

Scheduled Caste

Scheduled tribe

Amseng N.C. 287 1545 794 751 196 8 88

Chandrapur taluk 2 No. Hojobari 101 509 269 240 55 16 16

Barchapahi 7 25 15 10 2 10 0

Panikhaiti 752 3817 1956 1861 484 930 501

Thakurkuchi N.C. 50 277 140 137 29 0 32

North Guwahati Taluk North Guwahati Gaon 83 393 203 190 38 19 3

North Guwahati (TC) 2294 10328 5088 5240 784 4447 97

Kamrup District North Guwahati Taluk Abhaypur 768 3568 1864 1704 310 58 1060

Dakhin Lenga 185 865 437 428 79 77 0

Fulung 103 500 250 250 55 0 282

Rangmahal 631 2929 1463 1466 241 4 278

Rudreswar 580 2524 1279 1245 226 3 467

Sarubaka 97 537 277 260 75 11 341

Uttar Fulung 33 162 83 79 27 0 5

Uttar Lenga 178 830 420 410 74 0 0

Darrang District Sipajhar Taluk Dispur Taluk 326 1477 741 736 160 0 0

Dakhin Kuruah 7 33 18 15 3 0 0

Dakhin Kuruah No.1 6 10 6 4 0 0 0

Dakhin Kuruah No.2 13 34 19 15 5 0 0

EIA Report

175

Name Total

Household Total


Below 6

Scheduled Caste

Scheduled tribe

Kurua Chapari 4 24 11 13 4 9 0

Suktaguri No.1 840 4070 2060 2010 760 918 0

Suktaguri Pathar 21 105 49 56 14 0 0

Tekeliakur Grant 88 450 231 219 36 0 0

Upper Kuruwa 551 2413 1244 1169 197 427 6

Veheni Chapari 92 438 202 236 56 75 0

Total 198634 826204 428767 397437 78307 47394 37744

Source: Census 2011

3.12.4 Occupation

The area is being urbanized; the main occupations are non- agricultural. Only 3.34% of work force involving in agriculture, 94.94%

of workers involved in “other works”. The “other workers” mean government employees, teachers, plantation workers, industries

and service industries. Of the total workers, the main workers are 86.59%. It means a person has worked for the major part of the

year (more than six months) in any economically productive activities. The following Table 3-26 shows the details of main and

marginal workers and type of occupation.

EIA Report

176

Table 3-26 Occupation details of the project study area

Name Total

Workers

Main

workers

Marginal

workers

Agriculture Main workers Marginal workers

Main workers Marginal workers

Cultivators Agri.

labors Cultivators

Agri.

labors

Household

Ind. Others

Household

Ind. Others

Within 5 Km

Kamrup M District

Guwahati (M Corp.) Part 71846 63091 8755 413 430 195 223 929 61319 330 8007

Dispur Taluk

Kalitakuchi N.C. 542 436 106 10 2 7 3 12 412 2 94

No.1 Bonda Grant 950 542 408 33 5 4 5 68 436 12 387

No.2 Bonda Grant 326 307 19 32 7 1 5 2 266 0 13

Tintukura N.C. 66 60 6 10 0 1 1 1 49 0 4

Kharghuli 444 416 28 16 2 1 0 0 398 1 26


Sonapur Taluk

2 No. Birkuchi 246 241 5 5 10 0 1 2 224 1 3

2 No. Bonda 467 419 48 8 3 2 1 2 406 15 30

2 No. Hojobari 166 113 53 7 3 0 44 0 103 0 9

2 No. Kharghuli 1211 584 627 165 64 6 106 27 328 8 507

2 No. Panikhati 183 173 10 1 0 0 0 0 172 2 8

Kharghuli N.C. 614 584 30 135 407 1 28 1 41 0 1

5-10 Km

Kamrup M District

EIA Report

177

Name Total

Workers

Main

workers

Marginal

workers



Cultivators Agri.

labors Cultivators

Agri.

labors

Household

Ind. Others

Household

Ind. Others


Dispur Taluk


Sonapur Taluk

Amseng 1189 739 450 27 9 23 7 11 692 11 409

Amseng N.C. 470 419 51 4 3 7 2 2 410 0 42

Chandrapur taluk

2 No. Hojobari 166 113 53 7 3 0 44 0 103 0 9

Barchapahi 12 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 0 0

Panikhaiti 1380 1275 105 109 447 7 72 9 710 0 26

Thakurkuchi N.C. 59 56 3 47 0 0 0 0 9 0 3

North Guwahati Taluk

North Guwahati Gaon 138 128 10 3 2 0 0 4 119 0 10

North Guwahati (TC) 3819 2748 1071 11 32 17 10 62 2643 87 957

Kamrup District

North Guwahati Taluk

Abhaypur 1754 1031 723 132 33 39 110 92 774 240 334

Dakhin Lenga 477 236 241 96 29 2 37 2 109 149 53

Fulung 138 111 27 28 3 3 18 0 80 0 6

Rangmahal 994 702 292 42 5 8 41 6 649 67 176

Rudreswar 894 790 104 79 5 14 0 10 696 1 89

EIA Report

178

Name Total

Workers

Main

workers

Marginal

workers



Cultivators Agri.

labors Cultivators

Agri.

labors

Household

Ind. Others

Household

Ind. Others

Sarubaka 193 107 86 56 20 0 4 1 30 81 1

Uttar Fulung 57 44 13 10 0 0 1 0 34 0 12

Uttar Lenga 493 337 156 119 23 4 98 44 151 26 28

Darrang District

Sipajhar Taluk

Dispur Taluk 656 387 269 210 8 169 31 10 159 10 59

Dakhin Kuruah 13 8 5 5 0 4 0 0 3 0 1

Dakhin Kuruah No.1 8 6 2 6 0 0 2 0 0 0 0

Dakhin Kuruah No.2 24 14 10 12 1 0 2 1 0 8 0

Kurua Chapari 13 8 5 8 0 5 0 0 0 0 0

Suktaguri No.1 1199 1119 80 582 418 30 33 3 116 4 13

Suktaguri Pathar 42 21 21 21 0 19 2 0 0 0 0

Tekeliakur Grant 157 88 69 72 5 20 33 1 10 2 14

Upper Kuruwa 970 653 317 345 11 104 170 4 293 0 43

Veheni Chapari 109 107 2 62 5 1 0 1 39 0 1

Total 323494 280128 43366 3762 2857 1251 1500 4625 268884 2495 38120

Source: Census 2011

EIA Report

179

3.12.5 Health

The area is predominately urban and affluent; the public and private health

facilities are available. The following Table 3-27shows the public health facilities

available in the project area.

Table 3-27 Public Health Facilities of study area

Primary Health Centre

First Referral Unit Community

Health Centre Sub Centers

54 1 1 51

3.12.6 Infrastructure

As mentioned earlier, the area is an urban location; all parts of the area are well

connected by roads and transportation.The following table shows the Infrastructure

facility of the study area. The followingTable 3-28 shows the Infrastructure facility of

the study area.

Table 3-28 Infrastructure facility of study area

Urban Road National Highways

457 70

3.12.7 Project area Socio Economic Indicators

Summary of socioeconomic indicators within the study area is given in Table 3-29.

Table 3-29 Summary

S.No Particulars Study Area

1 Number of villages in the Study Area 38

2 Total Households 198634

3 Total Population 826204

4 Children Population (<6 Years Old) 78307

5 SC Population 47394

6 ST Population 37744

7 Total Working Population 323494

8 Main Workers 280128

9 Marginal Workers 43366

10 Agricultural Workers 9370

11 Household Industries 7120

12 Other Workers 307004

13 Literates 683426

Source: Census 2011

EIA Report

180

Chapter 4

Anticipated

Environmental Impacts

and Mitigation Measures

EIA Report

181

4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION

MEASURES

4.1 Introduction

One of the important components in the process of environmental impact

assessment is identification of significant impacts as it leads to other elements such

as quantification and evaluation of impacts. Any change in environment whether

adverse or beneficial, wholly or partially, resulting from impacting activity is called

Environmental Impact. Each individual activity with respect to each environmental

parameter will have its own impact potential. Proposed project activities will be

carried out in such a way so that potential adverse/negative impacts are avoided,

wherever possible. While for remaining impacts which are inevitable, practicable

mitigation measures will be recommended to minimize the adverse impacts.

The prediction of impacts helps to develop and implement mitigation

measures/environment management plan in such a way that the developmental

activity will minimize the deterioration of environmental quality.

4.2 Proposed Project Activities

The proposed project will have impacts on environment during the tenure of two

phases; i.e. construction phase and operation phase.

4.3 Construction Phase

Construction phase of the proposed project is temporary and will mainly involve the

following generic construction activities

Excavation

Formwork & concreting

Material handling and Transportation

Use of Tools and Potable power tools

Scaffolding

Crane and Rigging Equipment

Mechanical Equipment’s

Working in confined space

EIA Report

182

4.3.1 Impacts during Construction Phase

As the main impacts of the construction phase are envisaged in terms of air pollution

only, this natural mitigation would be significantly helpful in elimination of predicted

impacts of the phase. However, the following principal major impacts to the

environment are considered for further planning of mitigation measures:

The use of automobiles and machinery during construction can deteriorate the

air quality and generate temporary emission.

The use of automobiles and machinery generates noise pollution from

construction activities.

The irregular working hours, & traffic, night-working, flood-lighting and

transportation damage the socioeconomic balance of surrounding region.

Effects may occur due to the accumulation of the contaminant in water

resources & soil due to uptake of construction material.

Short term heavy construction might cause increase in noise level

Effects on work place condition & human health due to the accidents during

the construction works.

Effects on the socio-economic activity due to direct impacts or indirect impacts

on socio-economic activities.

4.3.2 Mitigation Measures for Construction Phase

The entire construction activities will be confined with the designated area

inside the existing premises.

The small amount of unused construction material shall be stored in proper

area to utilise further in construction activities and surplus excavated material

shall be disposed of in suitable pre-identified areas.

Construction material shall be stored at adequate distance from the water

storage in order to prevent any chances of accidental leakage or spillage

which could pollute the water storage

Wherever required impervious lining shall be provided to the storage premises

to avoid accidental mixing or mixing due to fugitive losses.

To reduce the dust generation on site wherever & whenever required water

shall be sprinkled on ground or stock pile of excavated soil.

EIA Report

183

Equipment’s / machineries shall be used efficiently and shall be kept shut in

order to reduce air emission, noise pollution and consumption of energy

resource

Emission from the equipment’s/machineries shall be monitored on regular

basis and possible implementation shall be provided on site

Transport vehicles shall be monitored & maintained regularly to control the

emission quality and fuel consumption

Provision of necessary PPEs like face mask & eye-glasses to employees

/labours engaged in construction activities.

The machineries/equipment used on site shall be of highly maintained so they

do work with optimum efficiency generating less noise pollution

Operation of machineries/equipment causing high noise level shall be stopped

during the night time and all such operations shall be planned for day time

only.

Transportation activities shall not be conducted during the night (other than in

case of emergency) to avoid high noise level in nearby villages/locality.

4.4 Land environment

Impacts

Since it is an expansion project, it will be implemented within the M/s IOCL, GR,

premises; there is no additional land to be acquired for the proposed project. The

expansion project will be done in land area, which is identified as appropriate

location based on environmental and engineering requirements. The activities

carried out during the construction phase will involve a change in the land use from

vacant industrial land to a built up industrial land, which will pose the following

impacts on the land environment.

1. Compaction of soil and a change in the soil structure due to the use of heavy

construction vehicles and machineries.

2. Removal of soil from the site.

3. Mixing of the topsoil and subsoil.

4. Dispersion of dust.

EIA Report

184

4.4.1 Mitigation Measures

1. Employing techniques such as restricting access during wet conditions, using

protective boarding and low ground pressure machineries to minimize

compaction of soil.

2. The removed soil will be properly stored for subsequent reinstatement.

3. Reuse of excess excavated material for road development, green belt

development and landscaping.

4. A well designed closed depository for storage of construction materials to

prevent land/soil pollution.

5. Effective stabilization of altered landforms to minimize soil erosion and the

potential for water pollution (e.g. Vegetation).

6. Reuse of construction wastes such as sand, brick, gravel, cement for

developing internal road and project structures.

4.5 Air environment

In order to predict the impact of constructional and operational activities on the

ambient air quality, the data on emission, micrometeorology and from Indian

meteorological department (IMD)were collected. All these data will be used to predict

ground level concentration of (GLCs) of SO2, NOX and PM10 for different temporal

variations.

In the construction phase, activities like site clearance, site leveling, movements of

workers and material, construction of road, transportation activities will generate

dust, gaseous pollutants and particulate matter and affect the air quality. Other

impacts include -

1. Site Preparation-fencing, boundary and clearing of site will cause disturbance

to the surroundings.

2. Excavation, backfilling and leveling.

3. Hauling and dumping of earth materials and construction spoils.

4. Foundation works can cause dust generation which will decrease the air

quality and it can impact the labors working.

5. Fabrication, erection of steel structures such as tanks, pipelines and sheds.

6. Construction of internal roads drains and water supply.

7. Cleaning and landscaping.

8. Emission from Construction DG & Construction Equipment’s.

EIA Report

185


1. Barricading the construction area and minimizing exposed areas to reduce

dust generation.

2. Areas generating dust during dry weather will be sprayed with water.

3. Creation of vegetation screens to act as a barrier to dust.

4. Appropriate enclosed areas for storage of construction materials.

5. Facilitating the workers with the required personal protective equipment’s.

6. Efficient usage and maintenance of equipment’s/machineries to lower air

emissions, noise pollution and consumption of energy resource.

7. Exhaust vent of DG set will be provided with adequate stack height to ensure

quick dispersal of gaseous emissions.

8. Periodic monitoring and maintenance of transport vehicles to check on the

quality of emission to be within permissible limits and consumption of fuel.

9. Regular inspection of construction site to ensure timely removal and disposal

of construction debris to the dumping sites or for recycle/reuse.

4.6 Water environment

4.6.1 Impacts

1. Contamination of watercourses by leakage from fuel and materials storage

areas.

2. Oil and suspended solids in run-off from vehicles and access roads.

3. Use of heavy machineries and vehicles causes compaction of topsoil due to

which a change in the surface water drainage pattern may occur.

4. Generation of sewage / process effluent and blow down.

4.6.2 Mitigation measures

1. The water demand during the construction phase will be met from

Brahmaputra River.

2. Impenetrable lining will be provided to storage premises to avoid accidental

mixing or fugitive losses.

3. Storehouse will be located at a distance away from the water storage area to

prevent accidental release or spillage.

4. Proper management of rain water run-off during monsoon and creating bunds

to utilize the rain water for construction purpose.

5. An appropriate water management system will be implemented.

EIA Report

186

4.7 Noise environment

4.7.1 Impacts

During construction phase, the noise will mostly be produced because of building

activities and machineries used for carrying out construction. Construction activities

mainly involve diesel generators, laying of foundation, erection of superstructure,

clearing of obstruction and trees if any from the proposed area. Activities such as

construction of labor camps, onsite office, pneumatic hammers, compressors,

concrete mixers, construction material plants however,do not cause significant noise

pollution.But if the work continuous for longer duration, it can affect the health of

local people and workers involved in the project work.


1. Barricading the construction site.

2. The green belt will help in reducing the noise nuisance.

3. Selection of equipment’s of high quality.

4. Proper planning and organizing of construction activities which will help in

avoiding loud verbal exchanges between the intervening parties.

5. Transportation activities will be carried out only during the day and only in case of

emergency, the transportation activities will be permitted in night time.

6. The vehicles used for construction activities and transportation of materials will

be provided with the horn of low noise level as recommended by RTO/ concerned

authorities.

7. Minimization of operation time of noisy equipment and operation of

machineries/equipment that generate high levels of noise only during day time.

8. Inadequate use of plant and equipment, namely, running on full power when the

work does not necessitate it will be avoided.

9. Personal protective equipment’s, education and public awareness and exposure

control through rotation of work will be provided to the workers engaged in

construction activities in the area generating high levels of noise.

4.8 Waste generation

The source of waste are metal pieces, cardboards, wooden scrap, sand gravels etc.,

generation of chemical waste by general site practices (e.g. vehicle and plant

maintenance/servicing), municipal waste generated by site workers.

EIA Report

187


1. Recycling/reusing/recovering materials where possible and thereby neglecting

or reducing the disposal requirements.

2. Separation of construction material for reuses either to be used on onsite

filling or can be used as public fill.

3. Training the staff in waste minimizing practices.

4. Chemical waste should be stored in a locked area so as to avoid leaching of

harmful chemicals in the soil or nearby water bodies (If any).

4.9 Ecology

Except for the removal of weeds, the ecological status of the site will be well

maintained by conserving/ developing the greenbelt at the site.

4.10 Social environment

Predicting socio-economic impacts can be best done by planned survey

accompanied with questionnaire from the local public. Such a survey will help in

knowing the response of people about the expansion project. The proposed project

has a positive impact by providing temporary employment to local people in the area

improving the standard of living and quality of life.

4.5 Operation Phase

From an Environmental perspective, this phase is of paramount significance due to

its potential to invoke long term impacts. The adverse effects that are likely to occur

during this operational phase of the project are Air pollution (gaseous Emissions),

Effluent generation, Noise Generation, Solid waste Generation etc.

4.5.1 Impacts during Operational Phase

Because of its potential to create long-term impacts, this phase is very important

from the environmental impact point of view. The basic impacts like gaseous

emissions, water consumption/ pollution and solid waste will have the potential to

adversely affect air, water and land / soil in the vicinity of the project site.

This phase will broadly include the following direct and indirect activities / actions:

Storage and transportation of raw materials and finished products.

Gaseous emissions

Effluent Generation, treatment and disposal

EIA Report

188

Noise Generation

Solid waste generation

4.6 Air Environment

Base line data reveals that ambient air quality in the study area for the parameters

such as PM 2.5, PM10, SO2, NO2, are well within the permissible limits as prescribed

by the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQ) for Industrial Area,

Residential, Rural & Other area. Stack emission of PM, SOx & NOx are due to

process units, Flare and DG. Adequate measures will be taken to control Air

Pollution.

4.6.1 Meteorological data

The metrological data for the month of March 2018 to May 2018 (Figure 4.1) is

considered for GLC modeling for evaluating ambient air quality. The various

parameters like temperature, pressure, wind speed, wind direction etc. were

considered and has been taken from IOCL BR meteorological data. The wind

directions considered were from North & North East to South and South West.

EIA Report

189

Figure 4.1 Wind rose of meteorology used for Modeling

4.6.2 AERMET Process

For the 3 phase AERMET processing of the meteorological data, specifications of

the land use in the area are required to determine the terrain roughness for

modelling. The land use was characterized for in and around the site. The surface

characteristics for the site and surroundings were selected and used to calculate the

Albedo, Bowen ratio, and surface roughness parameter. The meteorological data

were processed in the AERMET software to generate wind flow pattern & to

generate surface meteorological data and profile meteorological data in a prescribed

format that can be fed to AERMOD for modeling.

4.6.3 AERMOD Process

AERMOD Software Version 8.0.5 was used for air dispersion modelling and is

applicable to a wide range of buoyant or neutrally buoyant emissions up to a range

EIA Report

190

of 10 km. In addition to more straight forward cases, AERMOD is also suitable for

complex terrain and urban dispersion scenarios.

AERMOD is a steady-state plume model. In the Stable Boundary Layer (SBL), it

assumes the concentration distribution to be Gaussian in both the vertical and

horizontal. In the convective boundary layer (CBL), the horizontal distribution is also

assumed to be Gaussian, but the vertical distribution is described with a bi-Gaussian

Probability Density Function (PDF). This behaviour of the concentration distributions

in the CBL was demonstrated by Willis and Deardorff (1981) and Briggs (1993).

Additionally, in the CBL, AERMOD treats “plume lofting,” whereby a portion of plume

mass, released from a buoyant source, rises to and remains near the top of the

boundary layer before becoming mixed into the CBL. AERMOD also tracks any

plume mass that penetrates into the elevated stable layer, and then allows it to re-

enter the boundary layer when and if appropriate. For sources in both the CBL and

the SBL AERMOD treats the enhancement of lateral dispersion resulting from plume

meander.

The emissions from existing and proposedstacks are estimated and proposed stack

emissions are only used for the air dispersion modelling as shown inTable

4.1&Table 4-2.

Table 4-1Existing Units Stack Emission details

Source Fuel used

Stack Details Emission (g/s)

No of Stack

Height (m)

AGL

Dia (m)

Temp (°C)

Exit Velocity

(m/s)

Vol. Flow rate

(NM3/ Hr)

PM SO2 NOx

TPS Unit 5 FO 1 58 2.3 157 6.74 68830 1.03 6.45 3.47

TPS Unit 6 & 7

FO 1 55 3.27 151 6.79 141995 2.60 21.42 10.71

SRU FO 1 45 0.35 581 7.97 1022 0.00 0.24 0.08

HDT FO 1 40 0.92 237 6.64 9155 0.13 0.73 0.42

CDU FO 1 40 1.26 275 9.26 21822 0.42 3.55 1.45

DCU FO 1 48 2.7 167 5.93 81637 1.04 7.12 5.89

EIA Report

191

HGU FO 1 48 1.53 159 6.45 28330 0.30 2.16 1.43

MSQU FO 1 30 0.59 182 5.05 3216 0.02 0.04 0.14

INDMAX FO 1 50 1.5 179 6.01 24738 12.04 1.79 1.33

Total (g/s) 17.59 43.50 24.92

Table 4-2Proposed CRU Stack Emission details

Source Fuel used

Stack Details Emission per stack

(mg/NM3)

No of Stack

Height (m)

AGL

Dia. (m)

Temp (°C)

Exit Velocity

(m/s)

Vol. Flow rate

(NM3/ Hr)

PM SO2 NOx

CRU

(Naphtha

Hydrotreater)

FO 1 42 1.8 657.1 4.14 37923 50 850 350

CRU

(Reformer) FO 1 45 0.8 289.6 4.55 8231 50 850 350

Total (mg/NM3) 100 1700 700

Total (g/s) 0.64 10.9 4.49

EIA Report

192

Figure 4.2Predicted 24-Hrs GLC’s of Particulate matter within 10 km Radius of the Study Area

Table 4-3Projected Top 10 Highest Concentrations of Particulate Matter obtained through Modeling

S.NO UTM coordinates (m) Conc.

(µg/m3)

Distance from Centre of

Sources (Km)

Direction from Source Centre E N

1 381977 2896873 0.911 1 E

2 380979.2 2894886 0.490 2 S

3 381977 2894886 0.451 2.2 SSE

4 380979.2 2895880 0.384 1 S

5 387963.9 2891905 0.333 8.5 SW

6 380979.2 2896873 0.280 0 0

7 385968.3 2893892 0.261 5.7 ESE

8 388961.7 2890911 0.220 9.9 SW

9 380979.2 2893892 0.209 3 S

10 385968.3 2890911 0.208 7.7 SW

EIA Report

193

Figure 4.3Predicted 24-Hrs’ GLC’s of SO2 within 10 km Radius of the Study Area

Table 4-4Projected Top 10 Highest Concentrations of Sulfur Di oxide obtained through Modeling

S.NO UTM coordinates (m)

Conc. (µg/m3)


Sources (Km)


1 381977 2896873 15.698 1 E

2 380979.2 2894886 8.293 2 S

3 381977 2894886 7.720 2.2 SSE

4 380979.2 2895880 6.556 1 S

5 387963.9 2891905 5.625 8.5 SW

6 380979.2 2896873 4.813 0 0

7 385968.3 2893892 4.402 5.7 ESE

8 388961.7 2890911 3.788 9.9 SW

9 380979.2 2893892 3.594 3 S

10 378983.5 2897867 3.543 2.4 WNW

EIA Report

194

Figure 4.4Predicted 24-Hrs’ GLC’s of NOx within 10 km Radius of the Study Area

Table 4-5Projected Top 10 Highest Concentrations of Oxides of Nitrogen obtained through Modeling

S.NO UTM coordinates (m)

Conc. (µg/m3)


Sources (Km)


1 381977 2896873 6.473 1 E

2 380979.2 2894886 3.419 2 S

3 381977 2894886 3.183 2.2 SSE

4 380979.2 2895880 2.703 1 S

5 387963.9 2891905 2.319 8.5 SW

6 380979.2 2896873 1.985 0 0

7 385968.3 2893892 1.815 5.7 ESE

8 388961.7 2890911 1.562 9.9 SW

9 380979.2 2893892 1.482 3 S

10 378983.5 2897867 1.461 2.4 WNW

EIA Report

195

Conclusion


proposed expansion for PM, SO2 and NOx are 0.911 µg/m3, 15.698 µg/m3 and 6.473


envisaged is minimum or negligible. The total increase in concentrations above

baseline status to estimate the percentage increase and summarized in Table 4-6.

Table 4-6 Total Maximum GLCs from the proposed Stack Emissions

Pollutant

Max Baseline

Conc. (µg/m3)


Total Conc.

(µg/m3)

NAAQ standard


Levels

PM 72.9 0.911 73.811 100 1.25

SO2 13 15.698 28.698 80 120.75

NOx 33.6 6.473 40.073 80 19.26

Mitigation measures

1. Air pollution control measures will be provided by the Refinery.

2. Ambient air quality monitoring will be carried out regularly at selected locations in

order to check and compare the predicted concentrations with the measured

concentrations. NAAQS exceedance if any may be checked thoroughly and

adequacy/Performance of Air Pollution Control measures shall be reviewed.

3. Water sprinkling shall be carried out on road surfaces in the project area during

construction phase.

4. Adequate Greenbelt area is provided.

5. Trucks with cargo susceptible for fugitive suspension will be covered with

tarpaulin. All the vehicles will be periodically checked to ensure compliance to the

emission standards.

6. In addition, IOC will ensure that unit will be with essential pollution control

measures as to be stated by Assam PCB in their CCA.

EIA Report

196

4.6.3.1 Mitigation Measures for Reduction of Emissions at Source

4.6.3.1.1 Air Pollution ControlSystem

Latest Pollution control equipment will be adapted to the once-through steam

generator, for compliance to latest MOEF&CC guidelines:

Ultra-Low NOx burners

All emission control equipments are running as per design. Emission control

is taken care at design stageitself.

Facilities for On-line Stack Monitoring for PM, CO, Sox& NOxwith connectivity to

CPCB/PCBA

4.6.3.1.2 Coke Boiler

CFBC Boiler is an Environment friendly technology as it is a low SOx& low NOx emitting

boiler. SOx is removed with the help of crushed limestone feeding, whereas NOx

generation is negligible due to lower furnace temperatures and lower stack temperature

(135 deg C of CFBC boiler against 142-150 deg Celsius of existing conventional

boilers).

4.6.3.1.3 Pollution Control Measures

• The Continuous Fluidized Bed Combustion (CFBC) Boiler which has the

advantage of in-situ pollution control and reduced emissions.

• Desulphurization of the fuel i.e. petcoke, will be done in the combustion zone

itself by adding limestone in the boiler bed.

• SO2 removal efficiency of more than 97% with good sorbent utilization.

• Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP) shall be provided to arrest dust in the boiler

flue gas, which will limit the outlet dust concentration within 30 mg/Nm3.

• SO2 level in the flue gas will be controlled by using lime stone.

• The combustion temperature in the CFBC boiler being low, in the range of

800oC-900oC, will result in the minimal NOx formation.

• Low combustion temperature (800-900oC) and staging of air feed to the

furnace produce low NOx emissions.

• Online analyzer for PM, SO2, NOx & CO shall be provided for stack gas

monitoring in proposed pet coke boiler project.

EIA Report

197

4.6.4 Impacts due to Traffic and Transportation

The vehicular movement near project site has been assessed and given in Table 4-7.

Table 4-7Vehicular Movement Monitoring

Date of Monitoring: 16-04-2018

Time Heavy Medium Light Two

Wheeler Total

7;00-8:00 38 14 158 173 391

8:00-9:00 (Peak Hour) 50 17 156 234 466

9:00-10:00 48 49 113 204 424

10:00-11:00 59 54 75 198 397

11:00-12:00 79 77 99 170 437

12:00-13:00 63 86 84 156 402

13:00-14:00 57 85 52 145 353

14:00-15:00 69 64 83 137 368

15:00-16:00 55 75 97 86 329

16:00-17:00 84 79 106 147 433

17:00-18:00 40 61 185 113 417

18:00-19:00 44 33 110 80 286

19:00-20:00 36 46 96 71 269

20:00-21:00 58 31 77 84 271

21:00-22:00 34 40 67 63 226

22:00-23:00 29 24 60 49 185

23:00-00:00 20 7 37 17 105

00:00-1:00 24 13 23 13 74

01:00-2:00 12 13 17 23 67

02:00-3:00 6 7 26 8 50

03:00-4:00 22 8 11 5 50

04:00-5:00 24 20 33 20 102

05:00-6:00 21 26 29 30 112

06:00-7:00 20 17 67 80 191

Total 992 946 1861 2306 6105

EIA Report

198

Table 4-8 Existing & Proposed Vehicular movement per Peak hour

S. No

Type of Vehicle

Existing

vehicles trips/ Hour

Existing

PCU

Proposed

vehicles trips/ Hour

Proposed PCU

Total vehicles

after project

implementation

PCU Factors IRC

(SP 41)

Total PCU after

project implemen

tation

1 Cars 100 100 0 0 100 1 100

2 2 wheelers 234 176 0 0 176 0.75 176

3 3 Wheeler 56 112 0 0 112 2 112

4 Medium 17 34 0 0 34 2 34

5 Heavy 50 185 0 0 185 3.7 185

Total 457 607 0 0 607 - 607

Based on the traffic for the proposed project, the expected LOS due to the project is given in

Table 4-9.

Table 4-9 Traffic Volume after Implementation of the Project

For the Road

Volume of Traffic

Volume (V)

Capacity (C)

V/C Ratio

LOS Category*

Traffic Classification

Existing 457 607 3600 0.17 A Free Flow

Proposed 0 0 3600 0 A Free Flow

Total 457 607 3600 0.17 A Free Flow

*LOS categories are A-Free Flow, B- Reasonably Free Flow, C-Stable Flow, D-Approaching

unstable flow, E- Unstable flow, F- Forced or breakdown flow

Due to proposed project there will be slight increment in the vehicle movement but the level

of service (LOS) anticipated will beFree Flow.

4.7 Noise Environment

4.7.1 Impact






Vibrations are expected to be generated by various activities associated with the

proposed project during operational phase. The impact of vibrations beyond the site

EIA Report

199

would be negligible during normal operation phase. However, the impacts on

workers engaged in the plant area would be considerable due to occupational

exposure. The proposed fixed major equipment/units such as compressors, pumps,

DG sets etc., also generate vibrations during operational phase and may cause

exposures to the workers/operators engaged at these units.

All equipment’s in the plant produce 40 to 55 dB(A) after control measures and

equipment’s are designed/operated to have a noise level not exceeding 85 to 90

dB(A) as per the requirement of Occupational Health and Safety Administration

Standard (OHSAS). In addition, since most of the noise generating equipment would

be in closed structures, the noise transmitted outside would be still lower and for any

other case of higher noise sufficient safety ear plugs and ear muffs will be provided

to the employees.

4.7.2 Mitigation Measure

The major noise generating equipment like Compressors, DG sets, pumps

etc. will be enclosed in an acoustic enclosure designed for an insertion loss of

25 dB (A) and silencers to other equipment etc.

Major noise generating equipment will be designed with 85 dB (A) ensuring

cumulative noise at 1.0 m remains at 85 dB (A).

The occupational noise exposure to the workers in the form of eight hourly

time weighted average will be maintained well within the prescribed

Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standard limits.

Adequate PPE will be provided to the staff exposing to noise risks.

Acoustic silencers will be provided in equipment wherever necessary.

Acoustic design with sound proof glass paneling will be provided for critical

operator cabins / control rooms of individual modules as well as central

control facilities.

Use of personal protective equipment’s/devices such as ear-muffs, ear plugs

etc. will be strictly enforced for the workers engaged in high noise areas.

Periodic maintenance of the equipment to be used in the developmental

works will be carried out. Worn out parts will be replaced and rotating parts

will be lubricated to minimize noise emissions.

EIA Report

200

Implementation of greenbelt for noise attenuation will be undertaken: shrub

plantation; landscaping with horticulture; and Tree plantation at vehicle

parking areas and along approach roads.

Ambient noise levels will be monitored at regular intervals during operational

phase of the project.

Low vibration generating machines/equipment will be selected to meet

international standards and foundations will be so designed to minimize

vibrations and secured properly.

Vibration generating sources and their platforms should be maintained

properly to minimize vibrations and related impacts.

Various standards pertaining to vibrations are formulated by statutory bodies

like Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) and Director General of Mines Safety

(DGMS), which is being practiced would be continued to mitigate the workers’

health effects due to vibrations.

Vibration dampers will be provided around the source of generation.

Transportation Management Plan will be prepared and the transportation of

construction materials will be planned in line with the same.

4.8 Water Environment

No water will be extracted from ground water sources. The source of water will be

from Brahmaputra River. The total raw water requirement for existing facility is 551.3


Wastewater will be segregated into Domestic and Industrial effluent. Domestic

effluent and Industrial effluent will be treated in existing combinedETP.


Wet Weather flow (WWF) = 550 KLPH


4.8.1 Impacts on Surface Water Bodies

The surface water and groundwater are the life line of the villages. All the ponds

/lakes/ rivers in the area are working as recharge sites for the under lying

EIA Report

201

groundwater and hence the surface water and ground water systems are acting like

a single unit and therefore cannot be seen in Isolation.

Any contamination in surface drainage due to operation of project could collapse the

system and will have serious impacts to the water resources especially the

availability of potable water in the PIA area. The impacts will be high in the core area

especially the 5.0 km radius area. Therefore,the existing effluent which is discharged

into river is proposed to discharge in water reservoir pond.


Though the proposed development will not draw Groundwater, the following

measures proposed as a part of development to improve the ground water scenario

and also to ensure that ground water is not contaminated.

Strategic plans such as implementing the following structures for rain water

harvesting and groundwater recharging purposes in project site will be adhered.

Recharge pits

Only roof-top rain water harvesting

Rainwater storage ponds/tanks

Storage cum recharge ponds

Monitoring of water quality and groundwater level variations in the project site.

4.8.3 Impacts Due to Wastewater Generation

The source of wastewater generation from the project is as follows:

Industrial wastewater/effluent

Cooling Tower blow down

Domestic Sewage

Equipment cleaning and floor washings, etc.

Discharge of effluent into River

The untreated wastewater if discharged into nearby surface water will affect the

surface water and/or if disposed off on land without treatment will pollute the ground

and surface water.

EIA Report

202


Various mitigation measures are proposed to be adopted to minimize the impact if

any on the water environment due to the wastewater/runoff generation during the

operation phase of the project.

Institutional arrangement for monitoring of water pollution.

Corrective and preventive measures if any contamination happens.

Monitoring should ensure early determination of any threats to water

resources in terms of contamination.

If contaminated, proper expertise will be brought to schematize the various

recharge mechanism to reduce or nullify the impact effects.

4.8.5 Wastewater Quality, Quantity and Treatment Method

Existing





service water.

Proposed








Guwahati Refinery has developed a Modernised Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) for

treatment of process wastewater, generated from various units of the refinery as well

as Township.

EIA Report

203

The treatment scheme is broadly divided into five sections as follows:

a) Physico-Chemical treatment, for removal of Hydrocarbons, Sulphides and

Total suspended solids.

b) Biological treatment system incorporating activated sludge system for

oxidizing the organic matters.

c) Tertiary treatment system comprising of pressure sand filters and activated

carbon filters for removal of TSS, Odour, Colour and Organics.

d) Sludge processing section comprising of Oily & Chemical Sludge Processing

and disposal as a solid waste biodegradable material.

e) Chemical dosing system comprising of storage facilities of various chemicals

and preparations of chemical solutions of standard concentration for injection

at various stages during effluent treatment.

The Block Flow Diagram of Effluent Treatment Plant is shown in Figure 4.5.

4.8.6 Process DescriptionThe effluent from various units / Sections of the refinery

is routed to the API II & III Parallel Separators, where the oil is separated

anddirected to the DH tanks 1 & 2 by electric driven pumps and SteamDriven

Pumps. The treated effluent from the API separator is routedto the Aeration Basin

and it is received in the sump pit. With the helpof Effluent Transfer Pumps, the

effluent is delivered to theequalization tanks.

API Separator II & III consists of three parallel segments in each ofwhich there are oil

skimmers at the inlet and out let end of theseparator. In each of the segments, there

is also provided a scrappermechanism operated by electrically driven gearbox

system. The mainfunction of scrapper is to push the oil from the surface of

watertowards the oil skimmer, located at the Outlet end and to scrap outsuspended

solids settled at the segments bottom floor of theseparator, towards the sludge pit

located at the Inlet end. The Sludge,accumulated at the sludge pit of each segment

is periodicallytransferred to adjoining Lagoons with the help of Pump. In theLagoons

1 & 2, the sludge settles at the bottom allowing water to bedrained out into the API

separators. The floating oil from the top ofthe lagoon is transferred to DH Tank 1&2

from time to time with electric driven pumps.

EIA Report

204

API Separator II consists of three parallel segments with respectivegear box system

and API Separator III also consists of three parallelsegments with respective gear

box system.

The equalization tanks have been provided with floating oil skimmersand multiple

draw off points for removal of free oil, separated at thetop of the water surface. MP

Steam spraying facility is provided tomaintain the mobility of oil. The effluent from the

Equalization tanks iseither pumped or flows through gravity to Tilted Plate Interceptor

(TPI). Spent caustic injection facility is provided at the inlet launder ofTPI for

processing the spent caustic & adjusting pH. Each TPI consistsof tilted plate in six

compartments kept inclined at 45.

When the oily effluent passes through the tilted plates, the free oil floats at the top

and the heavier suspended particles settle down. The floating free oil is recovered

with the help of Pipe oil skimmer and is diverted to slop oil sump. From the slop oil

sump, the oil is pumped to the DH Tank. The bottom product is drained out and

routed to Oily &Chemical Sludge Sump. An over flow weir is provided at the flow

channel of TPI Unit so that the water level is maintained in the TPI for the effective

separation of free oil and sludge. The treated water overflows through the weir and

routed to the DAF unit for emulsified oil removal.

4.8.7 Emulsified Oil and Suspended Solid Removal Section

The DAF System removes emulsified Oil and Suspended solids. DAF system

consists of flash mixer, flocculator and a floatation unit. At flash mixer PAC, is added.

The over flow from flash mixer enters into the flocculator tank where de-oiling

polyelectrolyte is dosed for breaking of oil water emulsion. The flocculated effluents

that contain the flocculated solids and dispersed oil enter the DAF Unit. At the DAF

unit, the water is saturated with air in the saturation vessel and it is directed to the

DAF tank. When the water saturated with air enters the DAF tank, it rises up to form

microscopic air bubbles and these bubbles carry the emulsified oil to the top and the

solids settle at the bottom. A Froth Skimmer skims off the floating oil and the solids

at the bottom are scrapped by rake and drained to oily and chemical sludge sump.

EIA Report

205

4.8.8 Biological Treatment System

The oil free effluent from DAF, Filter Backwash Water, Sanitary waste from refinery

and Township enter aeration tank by gravity for removal of biological pollutants.

Extended aeration of activated sludge takes place in Aeration Tank. The activated

sludge process removes BOD along with corresponding COD, Sulphide, Phenol and

ammonia from effluent and the sanitary waste. The oxygen required for survival of

microorganism is obtained from the Blowers via diffused aeration system. In order to

provide food to the microorganisms, nutrients are dosed. The effluent overflowing

from the aeration tank flows into the final clarifier for sludge settling. The bio-sludge,

which settles is re-circulated back to the aeration tank by Bio-sludge recirculation

Pumps for maintaining the desired Mixed Liquor Suspended Solids(MLSS) and the

clarifier over flow is directed to Guard Pond. From the Guard Pond, the treated water

flows by gravity to Filter Feed Sump. Vertical Pumps, provided at the sump are used

for pumping the effluent to the Polishing Section.

4.8.8.1 Polishing Section

Polishing section consists of five numbers of Pressure Sand Filters and five numbers

of Activated Carbon Filters, which are operated by Programmable Logical Control

(PLC). Pressure Sand filters consist of Sand media, which remove the suspended

particles, and Activated carbon filters remove the odour, colour and organics. All

ACF and PSF can be run either in auto mode or semi auto mode or manual mode,

as required. ACF and PSF are run in four cyclic positions:

Position I - Ready for Service.

Position II - In the Service.

Position III - Ready for Backwash

Position IV - In the Backwash.

The above all four positions take place in various situations. But each of the above

positions comes once in each filter within a cycle of every 22 hrs under normal

circumstances. The effluent that is treated &made free of pollutants meeting the

MINAS is reused inside the Refinery in Cooling Towers and fire water after getting

EIA Report

206

disinfected through chlorination and a negligible quantity is discharged into

Brahmaputra River.

4.8.8.2 REUSE AND DISPOSAL OF TREATED WASTEWATER

At present, the wastewater, generated in the entire refinery is treated in the existing

ETP of the refinery. The waste water, to be generated during the Existing and

proposed operation will undergo the necessary treatment in the existing Effluent

Treatment Plant of the refinery.

To preserve the natural resources by reduction of fresh water consumption in the

Refinery, the major portion of the treated effluent is reused in cooling tower make up

and fire water make up in the refinery. This has resulted in reduction of effluent

discharge to the river as well as reduction in fresh water consumption.

In the study conducted by EIL in February 2020 it was envisaged that TDS

water<2100 shall be discharged to the river at 45.5m3/hr.

However, Guwahati Refinery has taken proactive action where 97% is reused and

the rest of water shall be stored in the reservoir for reuse and reprocessing. The

quantity of the wastewater shall remain around the existing level.

4.8.8.3 Compliance with Standards

The ETP has been designed to meet MINAS stipulation. A comparison of MINAS

and the treated effluent quality showed that the treated effluent standard is well

within MINAS regulations both qualitatively and quantitatively. After the

commissioning of the proposed facility, the treated effluent will meet MINAS both

qualitatively and quantitatively.

The existing characteristics of the treated effluent are presented inTable 4-10.

Table 4-10 Characteristics of the treated effluent

S. No Parameter Permissible Limit Values (mg/l)

March 2018

1 Oil & Grease 5 2.4 – 4.8

2 BOD 15 11.0 – 14.0

3 COD 125 96.0 – 124.0

4 TSS 20 0.20 – 0.34

5 Phenols 0.35 0.20 – 0.34

EIA Report

207

S. No Parameter Permissible Limit Values (mg/l)

March 2018

6 Sulphides 0.5 0.02 – 0.05

Figure 4.5 Typical ETP block diagram

Table 4-11 Characteristics of Effluent Generated and Discharged

S. NO

Parameter

Quantum Value (Kg/TMT of Crude

Processed)

Quantity of Pollutants discharged

(kg/Day)

Concentration of Pollutants in

Discharge (mg/L)

Percentage of Variation

from prescribed Standard Limit Actual Actual Limit Actual

1 pH - - - 6.0-8.5 7.21

All Parameters are within range of

prescribed standards

2 Oil & Grease 2 0.225 0.631 5 3.19

3 BOD 6 0.759 2.128 15 10.76

4 COD 50 6.055 16.981 1235 85.87

5 TSS 8 0.936 2.626 20 13.28

6 Phenols 0.14 0.02 0.057 0.35 0.29

7 Sulfides 0.2 0.002 0.006 0.5 0.03

8 CN 0.08 0.001 0.003 0.2 0.013

9 Ammonia as N 6 0.374 1.048 15 5.3

10 TKN 16 0.818 2.294 40 11.6

11 P 1.2 0.021 0.059 3 0.3

12 Cr(Hexavalent) 0.04 0.001 0.002 0.1 0.01

13 Cr(Total) 0.8 0.001 0.002 2 0.01

14 PB 0.04 0.001 0.004 0.1 0.02

15 Hg 0.004 0.00007 0.0002 0.01 0.001

EIA Report

208

S. NO

Parameter

Quantum Value (Kg/TMT of Crude

Processed)

Quantity of Pollutants discharged

(kg/Day)

Concentration of Pollutants in

Discharge (mg/L)

Percentage of Variation

from prescribed Standard Limit Actual Actual Limit Actual

16 Zn 2 0.003 0.008 5 0.04

All Parameters are within range of

prescribed standards

17 Ni 0.4 0.002 0.006 1 0.03

18 Cu 0.4 0.001 0.004 1 0.02

19 V 0.8 0.014 0.039 0.2 0.2

20 Benzene 0.04 0.0004 0.001 0.1 0.005

21 B(a)P 0.08 0.00001 0.00002 0.2 0.0001

Source: IOCL, GR Certified EC Compliance Report

4.9 Land Environment

4.9.1 Potential Impact Due to Location

The proposed Naphtha Hydro Treatment Unit (NHDT) and Catalytic Reforming Unit

(CRU) are proposed within the IOCL existing facility, there will be no additional land

acquisition and resettlement or Rehabilitation required. Therefore, there will not be

any direct impacts.

4.9.2 Impacts Due to Changes in Land Use Pattern

One of the factor that is usually considered as a major impact from any project is the

land use change. But since the proposed CRU & NHDT unitswill be established

within the existing IOCL site, no land use change is foreseen, as the current land use

is that of industrial.

4.9.3 Potential Impact Due to Construction

During the construction phase site levelling would be required which involves site

preparation work, the soil and rock debris etc., achieved as cut material from the

higher gradient shall be utilised to elevate the low level areas within project

premises.

The land disposal of solid wastes such as construction rubble, camp site garbage

and discarded topsoil may impact soil quality. There might be a temporary phase of

dumping the construction materials and wastes in the M/s IOCL, GR complex

marring the aesthetics of the site. Apart from the localised construction impacts

confined to the project site, the impact is likely to be insignificant and no long term

EIA Report

209

adverse impacts are envisaged. The earthen materials if any will be balanced by cut

and fill quantities within the project site. The cut quantity will be required at the site to

fill areas within the site.

4.9.4 Impact on Local Infrastructure

Transportation of construction material: Transportation of construction material

(quarry material, cement &steel, paint, bricks etc) during construction phase of the

project results in use of public infrastructure like roads, railways, drainage, water and

power supply which in turn results in extra burden.

Construction Workers Camp: During theconstructionphase of theproject there will

be short term employment generation in the form of skilled and semiskilled labours.

This could be for a period of maximum 2 to 3 years but the daily wage unskilled

labours employed locally. Also majority of the works will be sub-contracted. There

could be several impacts due to the location of construction camp in the area where

in local area will receive people from most part of the country. Mitigation measures

are as follows:

Trucks with construction material susceptible for fugitive suspension will be

covered with tarpaulin covers during transport of construction materials

Transportation management will be adopted for movement of vehicles

transporting construction materials and traffic will be regulated.

Vehicles deployed will confirm to emission norms (air/noise) of CPCB and

have validPollution Under Control(PUC) certificates

Very old vehicles (more than 20 years) will not be allowed at site

Trucks will comply with standards for exhaust emissions and noise levels.

To avoid/minimise impact/strain on the existing infrastructure, the worker

camps will be self-sufficient and would not rely on any local resource. This

would help to avoid any conflict with the local population. To mitigate impacts

from health hazards, sanitation facilities will be provided.

4.9.5 Potential Impact Due to Operation

The wastewater generated in GR Complex is being treated in existing combined

ETP. The following mitigation measures may be explored:

EIA Report

210

Periodic maintenance and check of wastewater conveyance pipelines

Attempt to restore by replacing a part or putting together the torn or broken

parts of the conveyance pipeline in case of any leakage is detected.

Necessary preventive measures for spillage from pipelines, such as

surface RCC channels along the pipelines shall be adopted.

Treated wastewater quality shall be ensured as per standards before using

internal use.

4.9.6 Impacts-Soil Contamination

Potential impacts on land environment are envisaged due to hazardous and non-

hazardous wastes generated due to refinery operations. Poor management of such

materials/wastes from the operations is a potential risk of soil contamination.

Good housekeeping and best practices of waste handling shall be adopted to

eliminate/minimise the risks of soil contamination. The wastes generated will be

stored in temporary storage facility and then it has to be transferred to Boragaon

Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility (TSDF) and also to the approved vendors

of State Pollution Control Board (SPCB), Assam.

4.10 Flora & Fauna

4.10.1 Potential Impacts during Construction

The impacts caused by construction activities include the following:

Exhaust emissions from diesel run engines, construction machinery and vehicles

Dust suspension during site preparation, construction and material transport

Noise caused by vehicles transporting construction material

Noise caused by handling of construction materials

Noise & exhaust emissions from diesel run engines of construction machinery

During construction the transport of construction material will cause dust emission,

emission of exhaust gases from vehicles such as CO2,CO and NOx. The fugitive dust

may coat the leaves of plants and trees exist in the refinery area. Fauna that occur in

the project area and surroundings may be disturbed by the sounds of vehicles,

construction and construction equipment.

EIA Report

211

The impacts caused by construction to fauna are temporary and not long term and

most (if not all) the observed and documented flora and fauna of the project area will

adapt to following impacts

Spraying of construction materials like sand and gravel with water will

minimise dust emission.

Properly maintained vehicles will produce reduced noxious emission.

And the temporary labour camps must have proper sanitation facilities

Forest Area – There are many reserve forests within 15 km radius from the project

site.

Wild Life -Guwahati Zoo & Botanical Garden is at ~2.29 Km radius of the project

site.

Cattle Grazing -No cattle grazing grounds have been found within the project site.

4.10.2 Potential Impacts during Operational Stage

Baseline status clearly indicates that there are severalreserve forests, Guwahati Zoo

& Botanical Garden and Brahmaputra River within 10 km radius from the refinery

site. The following mitigation measures may be suggested.

Discharge of wastes/wastewater without treatment would not be allowed

Awareness will be given to workers about the importance and conservation of

terrestrial ecology and biodiversity

Avoid adverse impacts to faunal species etc.

4.11 Solid Waste Management

4.11.1 Impact Due to Solid Waste Generation

During operation phase, various types of solid waste are likely to be generated which

can be broadly categorized as Hazardous Waste and Non-hazardous Waste.

Further, the generated solid waste generation may include Biodegradable,

Recyclable and Inert compounds. The details of solid waste generation and its

management proposed are discussed in Chapter 2, Section 2.14. If the solid waste

generated is not properly managed and disposed in unauthorized manner, it will

impact on soil quality, groundwater and air quality.

EIA Report

212

4.11.2 Solid Waste Management

Strict guidelines will be put in place in order to manage the solid waste generation

during the operational phase of the development. The main goals of the guidelines

will be to ensure adopting recycling techniques and encouraging sorting of solid

waste at source into organic and inorganic wastes. Waste management is given

inFigure 4.6.

Figure 4.6Waste management

EIA Report

213

CHAPTER 5

ANALYSIS OF

ALTERNATIVES

EIA Report

214

5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES 5.1 Introduction

Indian Oil Corporation Limited (IOCL), GR proposesNaptha Hydro Treatment Unit

(NHDT) and Catalytic Reforming Unit (CRU).

The range of alternatives selected for the purpose of analysis includes:

Site alternative

Water supply alternative

Technology alternative

5.2 Site Alternative

Guwahati Refinery (GR), Indian Oils Major Refinery has a design crude processing

capacity of 1 MMTPA.Guwahati refineryowned a land of 490 Acres. Since the

proposed project is expansion within the existing facility there is no new site/

alternative sites considered.

5.3 Water Supply Alternative

The total fresh water requirement of 346 KLPH for the refinery is met from water

from Brahmaputra River.

5.4 Technology Alternative

The proposed Catalytic Reforming Process is the only technology available to

produce high octane reformate from low octane naphtha streams and so no

alternative technologies available.

EIA Report

215

CHAPTER 6

ENVIRONMENTAL

MONITORING PROGRAM

EIA Report

216

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 Introduction

Environmental monitoring is an essential tool for sustainable development &

ensuring effective implementation of environmental management plan & mitigation

measures adopted. Environmental monitoring will undertake primarily to determine

the environmental effects of human activities and secondarily to increase

understanding of cause – effect relationships between human activity and

environmental change. Environment monitoring is a repetitive & systematic

measurement of the characteristics of environmental components to test specific

hypotheses of the effect of human activities on the environment. Environmental

monitoring program enables the proponent to identify the deviation of environmental

quality due to the proposed project activities.

6.2 Environmental Effects Monitoring inEIA

Environmental effects monitoring programs provide the necessary information to:

Verify the accuracy of EIA predictions;

Determine the effectiveness of measures to mitigate adverse effects of

projects on the environment.

Environmental monitoring program is a vital process of any management plan of the

development project. This helps in signalling the potential problems resulting from

the proposed project and will allow for prompt implementation of effective corrective

measures. The environmental monitoring will be required for the construction and

operational phases. The main objectives of environmental monitoring area:

i. To assess the changes in environmental conditions,

ii. To monitor the effective implementation of mitigation measures,

iii. Warn significant deteriorations in environmental quality for further

prevention action.

iv. In order to meet the above objectives, the following parameters need to

be monitored:

v. Afforestation,

vi. Water Quality and Public Health,

vii. Air and Noise quality,

EIA Report

217

viii. Soil Conservation, and

ix. Sanitation and Waste Disposal

6.2.1 Post Project Environment Monitoring Program

The summarized form of post monitoring details is presented in the following Table

6-1.

Table 6-1 Post Project Environmental Monitoring Plan

S.

No

Particulars Frequency of

monitoring

Parameters for Monitoring

1. Air pollution monitoring

Ambient air quality within

the premises

Continuous PM, SOx, NOX, NO2, CO, O3,

VOC

Ambient air quality within

the premises

Once in a month All 12 parameters as given in

NAAQS and VOC

&HC(Methane & Non-

methane)

Ambient air quality at 1

location in Prevalent Down

Wind Direction


NAAQS and VOC

&HC(Methane & Non-

methane)

Ambient air quality at 1

location in Up Wind

Direction


NAAQS and VOC

&HC(Methane & Non-

methane)

2. Noise monitoring

At two locations within the

premises

Once in a month Noise Levels in dB(A)

3. Ground water quality monitoring

One location at site and

one location outside site

Once in a month Physicochemical properties,

Heavy metals

4. Soil Quality monitoring

One location near Once in a month Physicochemical properties,

EIA Report

218

Hazardous waste storage

area at site and one

location outside site

Nutrients, Heavy metals

5. Effluent Quality Monitoring

Inlet and outlet of ETP Once a month pH, Temp, TDS, TSS,

Chloride, Sulphide, Sulphate,

fluoride, ammoniacal

Nitrogen, Sodium, Copper,

Zinc, Phenolic compounds, Oil

and Grease, Boron, BOD,

COD, Total Residual Chlorine,

Arsenic, Cadmium, Total

Chromium, Hexavalent

Chromium, Lead, Selenium,

Mercury, Pesticides, Alpha

emitters, Free Ammonia,

Dissolved Phosphates, Total

Kjeldhal nitrogen, Cyanide,

Nickel, Residual Sodium

Carbonate.

Inlet and out let of STP No STP Sewage is Biologically treated

as a part of the CETP and

standards are met through the

pH, Temp, TDS, TSS, BOD,

COD, Oil and grease.

6. Work place Monitoring Quarterly Noise, VOC, Lux levels

6.2.2 Monitoring Methodologies

Monitoring of environmental samples shall be done as per the guidelines provide by

MoEF&CC/CPCB/SPCB-Assam. The methods conducted or applied shall be

approved or sanctioned by the any recognized body or authority i.e.

MoEF&CC/CPCB/SPCB-Assam.

EIA Report

219

6.3 Reporting & Documentation

All the necessary reports and documents shall be prepared complying with the

statutory rules & regulations. Proper and due care shall be taken to adhere to the

laid down rules and regulation by the government. Regular and periodic record shall

be kept in order to ensure easier, comparable and brisk review and projection of

past, present and future performances. Also, the management shall ensure to

prepare separate records for water, wastewater, solid waste, air, emission, regularly

and periodically in order to provide better and smooth vigilance.

The management shall look into the fact that as soon as the preparation of reports

gets over it shall be forwarded to the concerned authority with due care for the

purpose of reviewing. Adhering to the rules and regulations the management shall

ensure that the outcome of the reports and the conclusions been drawn shall be

prepared as per the laid down regulations and procedures. No breach of any

convention shall be availed.

These reports/documents shall be regularly and periodically reviewed and any

changes/discrepancies found in mitigation

measures/operation/management/technology shall be brought into notice

instantaneously and all possible corrective actions shall be taken to match the

discrepancies been witnessed.

6.4 Budget for Environmental Monitoring Plan

Particulars and frequency of environmental Monitoring is given in Table 6-2.

Table 6-2Budgetary allocation for Environmental Monitoring

S.

No

Particulars Frequency of monitoring Cost in

Lakhs

1. Air pollution monitoring

Stack monitoring Monthly.

Online analyzers have also been

installed in stacks.

5

Ambient Monitoring

within as well as

outside GR

Monthly.

CAAQMS have also been installed within

and outside GR Complex

2

2. Noise monitoring

At four locations Monthly 4

EIA Report

220

within the premises

3. Ground water quality monitoring

3 locations inside, 4

outside Refinery

Quarterly

4. Soil Quality monitoring

2 locations inside

Refinery premises, 2

outside Refinery

Quarterly

5. Effluent Quality Monitoring

Inlet and outlet of

ETP/ OSW

Daily 2

6. VOC monitoring Monthly 2

Total 15

EIA Report

221

CHAPTER 7

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

EIA Report

222

7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 Public Consultation

PH is exempted under para 7(ii) of EIA notification, 2006. 7.2 Risk Assessment

Risk Assessment is performed for the instrument leaks and failure for different

scenarios is incorporated as Annexure 10.

Material Safety Data Sheet is enclosed inAnnexure 8.and the Disaster Management

Plan is enclosed inAnnexure 11. The status of compliance to environmental

conditions is provided in Annexure 5.

7.3 Applicability of Environmental Clearance

List of latest Existing Environmental Clearance obtained by MoEF &CC is given in

Table 7-1Latest Existing Environmental Clearance

S. No MoEF File No Date of issue Status of Project




EC compliance was submitted to Regional Office, MoEF. Site visit by MoEF officials

done on 12-04-2018and the compliance of EC recommendations was certified.

Certified copy is enclosed in Annexure 5.

7.4 Consent for Existing Operation

The facility is under operation with PCB consent obtained vide:

PCB/CTO/KM/000939/02/2020, valid up to 31st March 2021 & PESO license

obtained vide P/HQ/AS/15/845(P221799), Valid up to 31/12/2020

EIA Report

223

7.5 TOR ISSUED BY MOEF

EIA Report

224

EIA Report

225

7.6 Copy of Standard ToR

EIA Report

226

EIA Report

227

.

EIA Report

228

EIA Report

229

EIA Report

230

EIA Report

231

EIA Report

232

CHAPTER 8

PROJECT BENEFITS

EIA Report

233

8 PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 PROJECT BENEFITS

Sustained availability of high octane reformate for blending in refinery gasoline

pool leading to sustained supply of gasoline from Guwahati Refinery to customer

Conversion of low value, low octane naphtha streams into high value high octane

reformate.

Presently reformate is being imported from other IOCL refineries through railways

tank wagon. Installation of CRU at Guwahati Refinery will eliminate railways

transportation leading to saving in transportation cost and avoiding environmental

hazard due to possibility of external exposure while transportation.

EIA Report

234

CHAPTER 9

Environmental Cost Benefit

Analysis

EIA Report

235

9 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

This Chapter is Not Applicable in Scoping Stage

EIA Report

236

CHAPTER 10

ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT PLAN

EIA Report

237

10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 Introduction

This Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for Indian Oil Corporation Limited

identifies the principles, procedures and methods that will be used to control and

minimize the environmental impacts of the proposed minor construction and

operational activities associated with the revamp project. It is intended to ensure that

commitments made by IOCL to minimize project related environmental and social

impacts are upheld throughout all project phases.

As part of our ongoing commitment to excellence in environmental and social

performance we will ensure the following:

Fulfill all environmental conditions associated with project approvals.

Develop, promote and foster a shared sense of responsibility for

environmental and performance of the project.

Promote environmental awareness and understanding among employees

and contractors through training, identification of roles and responsibilities

towards environmental management and linking project performance to

overall environmental performance.

Monitor environmental performance throughout the project and implement

an adaptive management approach to continuous improvement and to

meet the future regulations.

10.2 Objectives of EMP

To suggest the formation of a core group (Environment Management Cell)

responsible for implementation of environmental control & protective

measures as well as monitoring of such implementation.

To ensure project components are compliant with all laws and approval

conditions.

Continue baseline monitoring.

Facilitate a continual review of post construction and operation activities.

To suggest preventive and mitigation measures to minimize adverse impact

and to maximize beneficial impacts.

EIA Report

238

Preparation of afforestation or Greenbelt Development scheme.

Preparation of rain water harvesting scheme and energy conservation

actions.

To prepare a capital cost estimate and annual recurring cost for

Environmental Management Plan.

To prepare a detailed action plan for implementation of mitigation

measures.

Measure the effectiveness and success of proposed mitigation measures.

10.3 EMPStructure and Organization

This EMP is designed as an overriding document in a hierarchy of control plans, and

sets out the overarching framework of environmental management principles that will

be applied to the project during preconstruction, construction and operation phase of

the project.

The EMP contains guiding environmental principles and procedures for

communication, reporting, training, monitoring and plan review to which all staff,

contractors and subcontractors are required to comply with throughout the

preconstruction, construction and operation phases of the proposed projects.

Figure 10.1Typical HSE Department Organogram

EIA Report

239

The EMP should also be considered as an overall framework document that

establishes the terms of reference for all project environmental and social sub-plans

including the following:

Environmental Supervision Plan (construction);

Environmental Monitoring Plan (construction and operation); and

Social and Health Management Plan (construction and operation).

10.4 EMP ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

This section describes the organizational structure and responsibilities for

implementation of the EMP as shown below in Table 10-1.

Table 10-1Responsibility for EMP Implementation

S.No Organization Responsibility

1 M/s IOCL Overall responsibility for environmental performance

Decision-maker on applicable policies.

Overall supervisory role during the construction phase

Overall responsibility for EMP implementation during the

operating phase

Responsible for changes to the EMP as part of an

adaptive approach to environmental and social

management

2 M/s IOCL Develop an environmental unit, headed by the Project

Environmental Officer to implement EMP responsibilities.

Oversight, implementation, monitoring and compliance of

the EMP and any approval conditions, including

construction supervision and performance of all staff,

contractors and all subcontractors

Review of EMP performance and implementation of

correction action, or stop work procedures, in the event of

breaches of EMP conditions, that may lead to serious

impacts on local communities, or affect the reputation of

the project.

Ensuring effective communication and dissemination of

the content and requirements of the EMP to contractors

and subcontractors

Assisting the contractor with implementation of EMP sub-

plans

Ensuring compliance to all project social commitments,

including implementation of corporate social

EIA Report

240

responsibility.

Report environmental performance of the project directly

to MoEF&CC

Report on environmental performance also to other

government regulators as required.

3 Supervising

Engineer

Implementation of the Environmental Monitoring Plan

during construction and operation.

Supervision of contractor performance of implementation

of the Construction.

Reporting any incidents or non-compliance with the EMP

to the PCB.

Ensuring adequate training and education of all staff

involved in environmental supervision.

Making recommendations to the MoEF&CC regarding

EMP performance as part of an overall commitment to

continuous improvement.

4 Construction

Contractor

Preparation and implementation of the Construction

Management Plan

Prepare and maintain records and all required reporting

data as stipulated by the EMP, for submission to the

Supervising Engineer.

Ensure that all construction personnel and subcontractors

are informed of the intent of the EMP and are made

aware of the required measures for environmental and

social compliance and performance

During construction, maintain traffic safety along access

roads, with special emphasis on high trafficked areas

5 Independent

Environmental

Monitoring

Consultant

Report to MoEF&CC on project compliance with

environmental and social commitments in the EMP, EIA

and other applicable standards.

10.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Environmental monitoring will be done during construction. The focus of monitoring

during the construction phase will be to implement systematic observations to

periodically measure the success of proposed mitigation measures and continue

baseline data collection. The majority of construction monitoring shall be done

visually and verified by the Construction Supervisor. Specific aspects to be

addressed during construction include:

EIA Report

241

Air quality

Noise

Water quality and water resources

Solid waste

Land environment

10.5.1 Air Quality

There will be major construction activities for the project, civil work like foundation for

new vessels and supporting infrastructure for the new machineries will be carried

out. During construction activities, dust emission and emissions from the movement

of vehicles and construction activity is expected. However, following measures will

be taken to reduce / contain such emissions.

Water will be sprinkled on inner roads to prevent re-suspension of dust into

ambient air due to movement of heavy vehicles etc.

Roads shall be kept free from mud, debris and other obstacles.

Separate civil construction material storage yard will be created within the site

and it will be enclosed.

Cement bags will be separately stored under cover in bales. Sand will be

stacked under tarpaulin cover.

Transport vehicles and construction equipment’s/ machineries will be properly

maintained to reduce air emissions.

All construction workers will be provided appropriate PPEs like dust mask, ear

plug, helmet, safety belt etc. and it will be mandatory for them to wear while

entering the site itself.

Increase signage and speed limit postings

10.5.2 Noise Environment

Following measures are proposed during construction period to mitigate adverse

impacts of noise:

Construction activities will be done on round the clock basis.

All machineries to be used for construction purpose will be of highest standard

of reputed make and compliance of noise pollution control norms by this

equipment’s will be emphasized.

EIA Report

242

All construction workers working in high noise areas will be provided

appropriate PPEs like ear muffs and made to wear them during working

hours.

10.5.3 Water Quality and Water Resources

Since the construction workers are hired from nearby villages there will be no

housing facility at the site for construction workers and hence lesser water

requirement

Proper and sufficient sanitary facility will be created at the site in the form of

Toilets & existing ETP will be used for treatment of sewage generated.

10.5.4 Solid Waste

Main solid waste generation during construction phase will be construction

debris like rubble, brick bats, debris, steel scrap, wooden scrap, sand, gravel

etc. However, these materials are inert in nature and will not result into

leaching of any substance or its constituent.

These materials will be carefully sorted and will be used within premises for

filling of low lying areas.

Wooden scrap, steel scrap will be given to authorized scrap dealers.

On completion of civil work, all debris etc. will be completely removed from

site to avoid any incompatibility with future use.

All the wastes will be stored at a designated site within the premises to

prevent scattered discharge on land.

10.5.5 Land Environment

Top soil layers shall be stored for reclamation and re-vegetation and

reforestation at approved locations.

Existing storm water drainage facility will be used for disposal of storm water.

10.5.6 Material Handling Storage and Transportation

Hazardous chemicals are stored in closed tanks and drums with appropriate

blanketing systems.

All transfers from drums / tanks are being done through pumps in closed

pipelines.

EIA Report

243

The loading of finished products to trucks and drums is done through

automated filling systems with overflow protections.

All key raw materials are charged to the reactors through closed pipeline

systems including pneumatic systems for solid handling.

Raw materials/ intermediates/ products are stored in closed tanks/drums

provided with breather arrangements to avoid fugitive emissions.

10.5.7 Ecology

Project site is an existing unit so there will be clearance of land envisaged for

proposed projects and adequate measures will be taken to maintain the greenbelt of

Acres for the proposed expansion.

10.5.8 Socio Economic

There will be temporary employment for manpower required during construction

phase available from local communities. Overall socioeconomic effect of construction

phase will be positive due to direct and indirect employment opportunity for the local

population.

10.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR OPERATION PHASE

Monitoring during the operation phase shall reflect those environmental and socio-

economic issues that may persist upon completion of construction activities.

Monitoring shall focus on evaluating the effectiveness of project mitigation measures

and continue baseline monitoring and sampling. The mitigation measures to prevent

adverse impact during the operation phase of the project shall focus on the following:

Air quality

Noise environment


Land environment

10.6.1 Air Quality Management


phase of the project on the surrounding air environment. The existing Air pollution

control measures are given in Section 10.7.

EIA Report

244

Table 10-2 Air Pollution Control Measures

S. No

Source Existing (E) or Proposed (P)


measures Stack

Height (m)

1. CRU


P CRU

SO2, NO2 & PM

SO2, NO2 & PM




have been incorporate in

design to limit

emissions.

42

2. CRU (Reformer)

P CRU 45

Fugitive Emission Control Measures





expansion.

10.6.2 Noise Monitoring



a) Use of personal protective equipment (earplugs, earmuffs, noise helmets

etc.),

b) Education and public awareness, and

c) Exposure control through the rotation of work assignments in the intense

noise areas.

EIA Report

245

10.6.3 Water and waste water management

Existing





service water.

Proposed





10.6.3.1 Oil Spill Management

Hay filters are installed along both the open channels running through Guwahati

Refinery to prevent spilled oil from escaping out of the Refinery premises with the

open channel water. Also oil traps have been installed at strategic locations to arrest

oil spillage. Open Channel Drain layout enclosed as Annexure 13.Guwahati

Refinery also has a MOSRU to collect oil from spilled areas.

10.6.3.2 Rainwater harvesting and Ground water recharging

Rainwater harvesting is an important component of wise resource use and

environmental management. The total amount/ quantity of water i.e., received in the

form of rainfall over an area is called the rain water endowment of that area, out of

which the amount of water that can be effectively harvested is called the rain water

harvesting potential. The collection efficiency accounts for the fact that all the rain

water falling over an area cannot be effectively harvested due to losses on account

of evaporation, spillage or run off etc.,

EIA Report

246

Rainwater Harvesting shall be implemented to conserve rainwater. Roof top area,

greenbelt/ green area, road/paved area and open areas proposed are considered for

collecting the rainwater which can be harvested. The approximate quantities of

rainwater that can be harvested are summarized below

The equation used for run off estimation is based on CPCB guidelines on ‘Concepts

and Practices for Rain Water Harvesting’- Oct 2001.The calculations are based on

the following:

Average annual rainfall is 1977 mm based on 1970-2000 IMD data

Average No of rainy days are 91.3

Run of co-efficient are considered as given by CPCB guidelines

Table 10-3 Catchment area details

Location of RWH systems / structures /

pits

Total Catchment area connected to Rain Water Harvesting (RWH) System (sq. mtr.)

% Catchment Area covered by existing

RWH system(s)

Roof-top Total

Administrative Building 1748 1748 4925.864

KV, Noonmati 178 178 501.604

Jubilee Hall 950 950 2677.10

Staff Institute, Sec III 400 400 1127.20

Sonali Bhawan 764 764 2152.952

Staff Institute, Sec I 608 608 1713.344

CD Hall Area 1551 1551 4370.718

Training Centre Building Area

1478 1478 4165.004

Total 7677 7677 21633.79

Source: IOC-GR

EIA Report

247

Total number of pits – 8

Open Channel Drain layout inside the refinery enclosed as Annexure13

10.7 Cumulative EMP

Inorder to have efficient Environmental Management Plan, IOCL Guwahati Refinery

has done Low Sulphur Crude processing and Low NOX burners are installed.

For Crude Distillation Unit, the EMP done are Low Sulphur Crude processing, usage

of Low NOX burners, equipments designed for noise level, Flare gas recovery

system, HC detectors, installation of O2 analyzers in the furnace stack for

combustion control.

For Delayed Coking Unit, the EMP done are Low Sulphur feed processing, usage of

Low NOX burners, installation of O2 analyzers in the furnace stack for combustion

control, HC detectors. The equipments designed for noise level within permissible

limit. Combustion management (Burner Management System) is used in furnaces by

adjusting air to optimum level for reducing emission.

Hydro treater unit aims to produce environment friendly fuel quality of Diesel less

than 50ppm and further to less than 8ppm after BSVI specs. The EMP for the unit

are usage of low NOX burners, HC detectors, installation of O2 analyzers in the

furnace stack for combustion control, spent catalysts are disposed by e-auction

through M/s MSTC, a Govt. of India Undertaking to authorized agencies, fuel gas are

alone fired in the furnace. Hence the emission is very low, H2S rich gas generated in

the unit is routed to Amine Treatment unit to recover H2S and processed in Sulphur

Removal Unit, Facilities for On-line Stack Monitoring for PM, CO, SOx& NOx with

connectivity to CPCB/PCBA Emissions are monitored regularly by MoEF&CC

recognized third party, Combustion management (Burner Management System) in

furnaces by adjusting air to optimum level to reduce emission

Motor Spirit Quality Upgradation Unit aims to produce environment friendly fuel

quality of Motor Spirit less than 0.5ppm. Only fuel gas is fired in the furnace. Hence

the emission is very low. The EMP for the unit are usage of low NOX burners, HC

detectors, installation of O2 analyzers in the furnace stack for combustion control,

spent catalysts are disposed by e-auction through M/s MSTC, a Govt. of India

Undertaking to authorized agencies, fuel gas are alone fired in the furnace. Hence

EIA Report

248

the emission is very low, H2S rich gas generated in the unit is routed to Amine

Treatment unit to recover H2S and processed in Sulphur Removal Unit, Facilities for

On-line Stack Monitoring for PM, CO, SOx & NOx with connectivity to CPCB/PCBA

Emissions are monitored regularly by MoEF&CC recognized third party, Combustion

management (Burner INDAdeptg aims to produce environment friendly fuel quality of

Motor Spirit less than 10ppm. Caustic scrubbing unit is present to maintain the SO2

level within permissible limit. HC detectors are available.

For INDMAX unit the EMP used are HC detectors, Boot water is routed to Sour

Water Stripper unit, H2S rich gas is routed to Amine Treating Unit, Spent catalysts

are disposed by e-auction through M/s MSTC, a Govt. of India Undertaking to

authorized agencies, Cyclone separator present inside the regenerator for removal

of catalyst from flue gas.

The Hydrogen unit uses low NOX burners, HC detectors, spent catalysts are

disposed by e-auction through M/s MSTC, a Govt. of India Undertaking to authorized

agencies, facilities for On-line Stack Monitoring for PM, CO, SOx & NOx with

connectivity to CPCB/PCBA Emissions are monitored regularly by MoEF&CC

recognized third party.

Sulfur Recovery Unit has been designed to recover sulfur from the acid gas streams

to reduce air pollution. The proposed EMP is attached as Table 10-2.

10.8 Pollution Control at 100% Efficiency

All emission control equipments are running as per design. Emission control is

taken care at design stage itself. Facilities on-line Stack Monitoring of PM, CO,

SOX& NOX with connectivity to CPCB/ PCBA.

10.9 Occupational Health and Safety

The workers are provided with proper health and safety measures. Personal

protection equipment’s are given to the employers and made sure they wear it during

the work. Regular health camps are conducted for all the workers alike. The Health &

Safety department makes sure all the workers are not exposed to any kind of toxicity

and is within the prescribed limit. Copy of EHS policy enclosed as Figure 10-3

EIA Report

249

&Annexure 17; Organogram for OHC is given in Figure 10.2. A full-fledged

Occupational Health Center is situated next to Guwahati Refinery Hospital.

OHC is manned by –

Four doctors on rotation basis

One OH Nurse

One Industrial Hygienist

One Attendant

The facilities and equipments available in OHC are Multigas Gas Detector, Drager

pump, Noise Level Meter, Spiro meter, Audiometer, Vision tester, ECG Machine,

Sphygmomanometer, Stethoscope, Thermometer, Height & Weight measuring

equipment.

IOCL Guwahati Refinery conducts Pre-employment medical checkup during

induction. Occupational Heal Center conducts Periodic Medical Checkup for all

employees above the age of 40 years as well as employees working in hazardous

areas and exposed to various toxic gases or substances like NH3, H2S, SO2, CO, HC

and employees working in high noise areas every 6 months. Periodic Health

Checkup is also done for the employees engaged in dangerous operations, drivers

and canteen food handlers every 6 months.

Work environment monitoring of employees exposure to hazards at workplace –

Chlorine, Ammonia, Hydrogen Sulphide, Sulphur Dioxide, Carbon Monoxide &

Hydrocarbon is carried out monthly in 11 locations / units as per schedule and

whenever required.

Work zone noise level monitoring exposure measurements is carried out on quarterly

basis in 38 locations in 10 units in TPS, CDU, DCU, NITROGEN UNIT, INDMAX,

SRU, HDT, HGU, MSQU AND ETP as per schedule and whenever required. Hearing

conservation programme is undertaken for employees working in high noise areas.

This includes Work zone Noise monitoring Personal, Noise Monitoring Audiometric

test, Counseling.

OHC organises various Health promotional and awareness programme like

Diabetes, Hypertension, Nutrition, Cancer, Alcohol abuse, HIV/AIDS, Tobacco

Abuse

In addition to that OHC organizes School Health Program which includes Personal

Hygiene, HIV/AIDS, Tobacco & its associated diseases.

EIA Report

250

IOCL Guwahati Refinery Conducts Occupational Health & Hygiene Survey,

Inspection & replenishment of First Aid Boxes, periodical health check-up camps in

GR Hospital as well as outside for contract labors, drivers, CISF and the residents of

neighboring areas. The main objectives are

1. Maintenance and promotion of workers’ health and working capacity.

2. Improvement of working environment by following well-being program for its

employees.

3. Monitor the workplace to maintain industrial hygiene practices.

4. Development of work culture in a direction which will support health and safety at

work and thereby promoting positive social climate for smooth operation that will

enhance productivity.

5. Area monitoring.

6. Employees to undergo annual health check-up.

7. All personnel will be provided with personal protective equipment’s individually as

required.

Construction Phase

During the construction phase the following measures will be employed;

1. Personal Protective equipment’s will be provided to the workers.

2. Occupational Health Centre will be facilitated to address the emergencies that

may arise.

3. Personnel will be trained about firefighting systems and first aid practices.

4. Regular monitoring of occupational health of employees.

Operational phase

General functions of the safety committee will be;

1. Conduct routine workplace inspections.

2. Provide Personal Protective Equipment.

3. Develop and implement safe work procedures and rules.

4. Provide on-going safety training & Enforce safety rules and appropriate discipline.

5. Promote safety awareness and reduce the potential for injury/loss.

6. Identify workplace hazards.

7. Enforce of safety rules, measure safety performance & reduce frequency/severity

of injuries.

EIA Report

251

10.9.1 First aid Boxes

A first aid kit is a collection of supplies and equipment for use in giving first aid. First

Aid boxes will be kept available in Security Room, Admin Block and at OHC. First

Aid items will be issued to injure only by authorized persons.

Following are the contents of First Aid Box,

a. Dettol – Antiseptic solution

b. Ciplox – Eye Drops

c. Soframycin – Skin ointment

d. Silverex – Burn ointment

e. Betadine – Microbicidal solution

f. Iodex – Pain reliever

g. Sterilized Cotton Wool

h. Surgical Paper Tape

i. Small Sterilized Dressings

j. Medium Sterilized Dressings

k. Roller Bandage – 5 cm wide

l. Roller Bandage – 10cm wide

m. Band Aid

n. Crocin / Paracetamol Tablet

Along with the above safety systems, company also ensured the below safety

features to ensure Zero Accident.

1. No ignitable zones are declared and marked so.

2. Work permit system with strict compliance.

3. Dedicated chemical storage area with good ventilation and exhaust system and

all chemical are stored as per compatibility.

4. Dyke walls provided for the day storage chemical tanks.

5. All reactors provided with safety valves followed by rupture discs and relief valve

outlets are extended.

6. Calibration is ensured for the gauges of pressure, temperature and vacuum.

7. All reactors will be hydro tested and certified by the competent person once in a

year.

EIA Report

252

8. Body earthing provided to all equipment’s involved in the process, electrical

earthing, static earthing and instrument earthing provided wherever required.

9. Ventilation air units (VAUs) and Exhaust air units (EAUs) and are provided to

ensure good ventilation in the work environment. The tentative Emergency

Organization Chart will be prepared and followed.

Figure 10.2 Organogram for OHC

10.9.2 Eye Wash Fountain and Safety Shower

The facility will be provided with sufficient number of Eye wash fountain / Safety

showers at appropriate locations.

10.9.3 Work Zone Monitoring Equipment’s

The unit will have multi gas / toxic gas and oxygen detectors in that multi gas

detector can be used to check oxygen, LEL, VOC, CO and H2S concentration in

atmosphere and also in confined spaces like inside the reactor, overhead tanks,

underground tanks, sump etc., and oxygen detector can be used for checking

oxygen concentration in atmosphere and also in confined spaces like inside the

reactor, overhead tanks, sump etc.

EIA Report

253

The unit has Hydro Carbon Sensors (HCS) installed in all critical areas and these will

provide the alarm once the set level is crossed. Monitored reports of 2018-19

enclosed as Annexure 17

10.9.4 Wind Sack / Wind Direction Indicator

Wind sacks are placed above the Administration Block buildings.

10.9.5 Existing Safety System

Table 10-4 Existing Safety Equipments

S. No Equipment Quantity

1 Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus 30

2 Airline Breathing Apparatus 3

3 Fire Proximity Suit 2

4 PVC Suit 20

5 PVC Apron 5

6 Safety Harness 50

7 Face Shield 10

8 Water Jel Blanket 35

9 Safety Net 40

10 Multigas Meter 10

11 High Beam Torch 4

12 Lifting Air Bags 4

13 Vertical Rescue Tripod & Stretcher 1

14 Leak Sealing Pad 2

15 Leak Sealing Kit 1

16 Vacuum Sealing Pad 1

17 Rescue Set – Hydraulic Cutter, Spreader and Drill 2

18 Hydraulic Platform 32 Meter Height –Bronto Make 1

10.9.6 Fire Extinguisher

Suitability of fire extinguisher depending on the combustible material, fires has been

classified into four types. Suitability of extinguishing media for different fires is

provided in the following Table 10-5.

Table 10-5 Suitability of Extinguishing Media for Different Fires

S.

No Class of fire

Suitable Fire

Extinguisher

1. Class A: Organic Material i.e. wood, papers, rubber &

plastics.

DCP, Mechanical

Foam

2. Class B: Flammable Liquid and Flammable Gases i.e.,

Petroleum Products, Paints, Chemicals etc.

Mechanical Foam,

CO2 and DCP

3. Class C: Electrical DCP and CO2

EIA Report

254

S.

No Class of fire

Suitable Fire

Extinguisher

4. Class D: Flammable Metals I.e. Lithium, Sodium, and

Potassium etc. Special DCP, Sand

The company will have trained personnel for firefighting and intends to improve the

firefighting skills of employee by conducting frequent training on Firefighting.

10.9.7 Emergency Equipments and PPEs

The unit will have total 2 numbers of Emergency cupboards, in that one at

Production Block and another at Utility Area.

Each Emergency Cupboard will have the following items;

Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA)

Air suits / Air Line Respirators

Nose Mask

PVC / Acid Suit

Helmet- Provided to individuals

Ear Plug

Safety Glass- 10 & Face Shield- to individuals

Gum boot- to individuals

Safety Belt- in safety dept.

Manila Rope / Life Safety Rope

Fire Axe

Fire Proximity Suit

Fire Gel Blankets / Water Gel Blanket

Resuscitator

Spill Kit

Safety Ladder

Emergency Flameproof Torches

Hand gloves

EIA Report

255

10.9.8 Operation of SCBA (Self Contained Breathing Apparatus)

Procedure for wearing Equipment

Extend shoulder straps and waist belt. Put on the

equipment.

Fasten the buckle and then pull the ends of waist belt away

from buckle until secure and comfortable on the hip. Tuck

ends in belt loops.

Pull down the shoulder straps until the equipment is secure

and comfortable. Tuck strap ends under waist belt.

Extend face piece head harness straps, leaving center

straps in position. Put neck strap over neck

Before opening the cylinder valve press reset button.

Open the cylinder valve fully to pressurize the system and

check the pressure gauge & Carry out pressure leak test

Procedure for wearing Face piece

Fit harness overhead. Pull it back until the head strap fits

smoothly

Adjust mask until it fits properly

Tighten the neck straps and temple straps evenly and

tighten the front strap as necessary.

Breathe normally through vent system. During venting

observe the gauge-waist alarm. The alarm should blow at

cylinder pressure of 55 bar ± 5 bar.

SCBA - Face piece

Remove the equipment in a safe and hazard free area.

Unbuckle the waist belt, lift shoulder strap buckles to loosen

and remove the equipment.

Close the cylinder valve and keep in the box, Cylinder valve

should be in upward direction

After using the equipment, inform to safety department for

EIA Report

256

inspection/checking.

Resuscitator

A resuscitator is a device which forces oxygen into lungs of

unconscious person in order to keep him/her oxygenated and alive

Operating procedure

Clear throat

Tilt head back

Squeeze ball

Watch the chest which should rise and fall rhythmically

If the chest does not rise and fall, there may be a blockage

in the victim’s throat. The tongue has occluded the air way.

There may be excessive leakage around the mask. Hold the

mask tighter on the face and squeeze little faster.

Clear any mucus from the throat every 3-4 minutes.

Continue resuscitation until the victim breathes on his/her

own.

Fire Axe

A fire axe is a type of axe which has been designed specifically for

the use of fire-fighters, and it includes several features which

makes it ideally suitable to mitigate emergency services.

Helmet

A helmet with face shield is a form of protective gear worn on head

to protect head and face from hazards such as flying objects and

chemical splashes or potentially infectious fluid.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Protective_gear

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hazard

EIA Report

257

Fire Suit

Fire suit is a protective clothing designed to protect a firefighter

from high temperatures, especially near fires of extreme

temperature

Manila rope

Manila rope is very durable, salt water and damage resistant,

flexible fiber which shall be used to access at height/Confined

space during emergency

Smoke escape mask

Smoke masks assist people in safe egress from fire emergencies.

It will provide respiratory protection from particulate matter, carbon

monoxide, and other toxic gases commonly produced by structural

fires.

Canvas Stretcher

A stretcher is a medical device used to carry injured or an

incapacitated person from one place to another during emergency.

Compressed Air Pack

An emergency air supply which will provide a sufficient quantity of

air to allow a worker to exit oxygen depleted or contaminated area.

Powered Air purifying respirator

Powered Air Purifying Respirator (PAPR) is a device equipped with

a face piece, hood or helmet, breathing tube, canister, cartridge,

filter, canister with filter or cartridge with filter and a powered

blower.

PAPR utilizes a powered mechanism to move ambient air through

an air-purifying element(s) to remove contaminants from the

ambient air.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Firefighter

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Salt_water

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Medical_device

EIA Report

258

Safety torch

Compact and simple to use, this torch is designed for use in

emergency situations or wherever the need arises for a handheld

safety torch.

10.9.9 Occupational Health Monitoring

Medical Surveillance Program: Medical surveillance program is essential to assess

and monitor employees' health and fitness both prior to employment and during the

course of work; to determine fitness for duty and to provide emergency and other

treatment as needed. Effectiveness of a medical program depends on active

involvement of employees. M/s IOCL medical surveillance program will include the

following major elements;

1. Developing an OH-IH Medical Surveillance Program.

2. Pre-Employment Examination and Periodic Medical Examinations

3. Determination of Fitness for Duty.

4. Communications.

5. Emergency Medical Treatment.

6. Medical Records.

Pre-Employment Screening / Examinations - All employees will be subjected

to pre-placement medical examinations to determine their fitness for the jobs on

site. Potential exposures to the work environment will be considered before

placing an employee on the job.

Periodic Medical Examinations - Periodic medical examination is the same as

the pre-employment screening and may be modified according to current

conditions, such as changes in the employee's symptoms, site hazards or

exposures. Comparison of sequential medical reports with baseline data is

essential to determine biologic trends that may mark early signs of adverse

health effects, and thereby facilitate appropriate protective measures. The

frequency and content of examinations are normally one year. Apart from this for

workers working in Hazardous area, medical examination is conducted by Doctor

Authorized by Factory Inspectorate.

EIA Report

259

10.10 Environmental Management Cell

A separate environment management cell, HSE department consisting of qualified

engineers is in place which monitors all aspects of environmental impacts being

caused due to process units at IOCL, Guwahati Refinery.

10.11 Corporate Environmental Policy

The safety policy of GR is given in Figure 10.3.

EIA Report

260

Figure 10.3 EHS policy

EIA Report

261

10.12 Budgetary Provision for Environmental Management Plan

Total Capital cost for environmental pollution control measures is estimated to be

INR ~216 Lakhs.

Table 10-6 Environmental Management Plan Budget

S. No. Description Cost, in Rs. (Lakhs)

Capital Recurring

1. ETP -- 44.5

2. Stack Monitoring and Ambient monitoring etc. -- 27.5

3. Green Belt Development 9 1

4. Plant Maintenance and operations -- 28

5. Bioremediation of Oily Sludge -- 106

Total 9 207

10.13 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

CSR activities shall be carried out as per corporation’s CSR policy. Existing activities

and spending for the Period 2015-2018 enclosed as Annexure 14.

10.13.1 Plantation Activities

1. For development of Greenbelt GR had signed a MoU with NHAI to plant 5000

Trees along with NH 31 over a stretch of 6 km. Out of these 1800 Trees

wereplanted in FY 2017-2018.

2. As a part of World Environment Day, 2017 celebration, 40 trees were planted

at city based Geeta Nagar High School involving the students with unique

concept of ‘sapling ownership’.

3. 1000 Trees have been planted at the premises of Assam Engineering College,

Jalukbari in collaboration with AEC

4. 50 Trees were planted at Seuj Nagar Public area as a part of World

Environment Day, 2018.

10.14 Corporate Environmental Responsibility(CER)

As per office memorandum by MoEF released vide F.No.22-65/2017-IA.III dated 1st

may 2018, A total fund of Rs 3.05 Cr has been allotted for implementation of CER

activities of CRU and CDU expansion project of IOCL, Guwahati Refinery. As per

corporate guidelines for Implementation of CER projects a committee has been

constituted with three members to finalize the CER projects in consultation with

EIA Report

262

stakeholders & regulatory /district authority. The CER projects shall be undertaken

preferably within 2 years of project completion. Implementation schedule for CRU

project is as follows:-

(1Mechanical completion: 27 months from investment approval

(2)Commissioning: within 2 months after Mechanical Completion.

Approval for investment proposal is in progress.

EIA Report

263

CHAPTER 11

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

EIA Report

264

11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION


first Refinery serving the Nation since 1962. Built with Rumanian assistance, the initial crude

processing capacity at the time of commissioning of this Refinery was 0.75 MMTPA and the

Refinery was designed to process a mix of Oil and ONGC crude.


(MSQ) unit and INDadeptG (demonstration of indigenous technology) units, Refinery is

currently able to produce and supply eco-friendly auto fuels of BS-IV grade. The Refinery





Guwahati refinery owned a land of 490 Acres.The existing refinery obtained latest EC on

22nd Jan 2015 from MoEF videfile no: J-11011/71/2012-IA-II(I). The refinery is currently

under operation with PCB consent to operate obtained videPCB/CTO/KM/000939/02/2020,

valid up to 31stDecember 2021&PESO license obtained vide P/HQ/AS/15/845(P221799),

Valid up to 31/12/2020.

Guwahati Refinery (GR) proposes to install a New Semi Regenerative Type Catalytic

Reforming Unit (CRU) unit with 90 KTPA design capacity. Proposed CRU consists of

subsections viz. Naphtha Hydro Treating, Fixed Bed Platforming and Benzene Saturation

Section (BENSAT).

The proposed Semi Regenerative TypeCatalytic Reforming Unit (CRU)project is considered



Environmental Clearance from MoEF&CC.

11.1 Land Requirement

Detailed Land breakup is summarized in Table 11-1.

Table 11-1 Land breakup

S. No

Site Name Acres %


1 Plant Area 209 -- --


EIA Report

265

S. No

Site Name Acres %



41 0 41 8.37

1(c) Miscellaneous 30 -1.23 28.77 5.87

2 Residential area

281 0 281 (Sector 1, 2 & 3)

2(a) Built up Area 154.55 0 154.55 31.54


126.45 0 126.45 25.81

Total (1 + 2) 490 0 490

Green Belt 1(b)+2(b) 167.45 0 167.45 34.17

Note: Due to space constraint 33% green belt cannot be expanded inside the

refinery. However, the plantation is taken up in and around the refinery and township

areas. Plantation activities are being submitted to RO MOEF through Six monthly

post EC compliance reports and being certified. (Copies enclosed as Annexure 5)

11.2 Water Requirement


generated are summarized below

Existing

Total water requirement of the existing facility is 551.3 KLPH of which fresh water


Proposed


requirement is 162KLPH

11.2.1 Wastewater Generation

Existing





service water.

EIA Report

266

Proposed





11.3 Power & Fuel Requirement

The details of Fuel requirement & Power Details given in Table 11-2.

Table 11-2 Fuel requirement & Power Details

Details Capacity



Fuel Oil (KLPH) 10.5 0.66 11.16 CFO/RFO blend, brought from Digboi ref.


11.4 Manpower


on various skills. The Total Man power requirement of the project in operation phase (shift

wise) is given in Table 11-4.

Table 11-3Construction Phase


1 Contract 300

2 Permanent 0

3 Total 300

Table 11-4Operation Phase

S. No

Shift wise requirement Manpower


1 A shift 106 6 112

2 B shift 110 5 115

3 C shift 92 5 97

4 General (48 hrs) 104 0 104

5 General (36 hrs) 324 0 324

6 CISF 290 0 290


8 Helper 17 0 17

Total 1538 16 1554

EIA Report

267

11.5 Solid Waste




the Contractor as per Construction and Demolition Waste Rules 2016.


During Operation Phase Total of 97.2 Kg/day of solid waste is generated of which


disposed through authorized PCB vendors

Table 11-5 Organic & Inorganic Solid Waste Details

S. No

List of Items


Remarks

Existing Proposed

1 Organic waste

36 4.3 40.3 Composted and used as Manure for Green Belt

2 Inorganic waste

54 2.9 56.9 Disposed through Authorized vendors

Total 90 7.2 97.2

As per CPCB 0.45 kg/ capita/ day

11.6 Hazardous waste Management

Table 11-6 Hazardous Waste Details


Category


Existing Proposed

1 Spent Catalyst

4.2 69.43 0.99

Proposed Catalyst: Nickel

based Bimetallic

Composition:

Ni, Mo and Sulfur

Frequency: 3 Yrs

Disposal Method:

Authorized vendors for Land Fill

2

Net Gas Chloride treating Adsorbent (CRU Unit)

-- 0.788

Composition: Activated Alumina Frequency: Once in every six months Disposal Method: Authorized vendors for

EIA Report

268


Category


Existing Proposed

Land Fill

3

Makeup Gas Sulfur Guard Bed (BENSAT Unit)

-- 0.176


4

Liquid Feed Sulfur Guard Bed (BENSAT Unit)

-- 0.224


5 Spent Catalyst (BENSAT Unit)

-- 0.192

Composition: Aluminum Oxide, Platinum Frequency: 8 Yrs Disposal Method: Metal Recovery


Frequency: Once in every six months Disposal Method: Authorized vendors for disposal

7. Pollution Control Facilities (Residual Cake)

1217

Disposal Method:

Authorized vendors for Land Fill

Hazardous waste from proposed CRU Unit

Table 11-7 Hazardous waste from proposed CRU Unit


Spent Catalyst Kg 1390 NHT Once in every 3 years

Spent catalyst / guard bed are stored in sealed drum for auction for metal recovery /landfill. Spent catalyst/ bed material is processed at vendor set up.



Net Gas Chloride Guard Bed


LPG Chloride Guard Bed


Spent Catalyst from Reactors

Kg 9627 Platforming Once in 2 years

EIA Report

269

Project cost

The estimated cost of the proposed unit is INR 296 Crores

11.7 Baseline Study

11.7.1 Ambient Air Quality

The ambient air quality has been monitored at 8 locations for 12 parameters as per

NAAQS, 2009 and 4 more parameters such as Vanadium, VOC, HC (Methane &

Non-Methane) within the study area. The average baseline levels of PM10(47.3 –

61.4µg/m³), PM2.5(24.9-30.5µg/m³), SO2(8.9-10.9µg/m³), NOx(20.4 – 28.3/m³),

CO(0.41-0.67mg/m3) and some are BDL, all the parameters are well within the

prescribed National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Industrial, Commercial and

Residential areas at all monitoring locations during the study period.



locations are within prescribed CPCB standards.


during night time, which is within prescribed limit by MoEF&CC (75 dB(A) Day

time & 70 dB(A) Night time).





prescribed by MoEF&CC (55 dB(A) Day time & 45 dB(A) Night time).

11.7.3 Water Environment

11.7.3.1 Surface water quality

A summary of analytical results for surface water sample collect at 8 different



EIA Report

270


sample from Baman lake while lowest in Silguri Nadi. All of the TDS values

are within the water quality standards of IS: 2296:1992.




22.6 mg/l – 30.1 mg/l.


Bamanlake and lowest from Silguri Nadi.


32mg/l.



11.7.3.2 Ground Water Quality

A summary of analytical results for ground water sample collect at 8 different















mg/l and 2000 mg/l.

EIA Report

271







2012.



the IS 10500: 2012.



11.7.4 Soil Environment

A summary of analytical results for soil sample collect at 8 different locations are

presented below:


Conductivity of the soil samples ranged from 196 – 384 µS/cm. As the EC

value is less than 2000 μS/cm, the soil is found to be non-saline in nature.


Nitrogen content ranged from 98.54-212.26 mg/kg, Phosphorous ranged from

38.24 mg/kg to 99.62 mg/kg, Potassium content ranges from 97 mg/kg to 184

mg/kg.

11.7.5 Biological Environment

Guwahati is situated in district of Kamrup which has 1432 sq. km of forest area,

which comprising of

69 sq.km of very dense forest,

609 sq.km of moderately dense forest &

754 sq. km of open forest.

The forest in this region comprises of Tropical Moist Deciduous type forests. This

forest is further divided into Sal forest and mixed deciduous forest. In these forests,

Sal grows in association with Ajar (Lager stoemia species), Ghugra (Schima

EIA Report

272

wallichii), Paruli (Stereo spermum prsonatum), Haldu (Adina cordifolia), Sam

(Artocarpus sp.), Bor (Ficus sp.), Uraim (Bischofia javanica), Gomari (Gmelina

arborea), Teeta champa (Michelia champa), Poma (Toona ciliata). Efforts were

focused on intensive studies of the ecological habitat, vegetation composition and

the presence of faunal groups specifically around the areas where impact may occur,

both during the constructional as well as the operational phase. Detailed list of

species available in the study region are covered in Chapter 3, section 3.11 of EIA

report

11.8 Anticipated Environmental Impacts

11.8.1 Water Environment

No water will be extracted from ground water sources. The source of water will be

from Brahmaputra River. The total raw water requirement for existing facility is 551.3


Wastewater will be segregated into Domestic and Industrial effluent. Domestic

effluent and Industrial effluent will be treated in existing combined ETP.




11.8.2 Air Environment


proposed expansion for PM SO2 and NOx are 0.911 µg/m3, 15.698 µg/m3 and 6.473


envisaged is minimum as given in Table 11-8

Table 11-8 Concentration levels of the Pollutant

Pollutant Max Base Line Conc.

(µg/m3)


Total Conc.

(µg/m3)

NAAQ standard


Levels

PM10 72.9 0.911 73.811 100 1.25

SO2 13 15.698 28.698 80 120.75

NOx 33.6 6.473 40.073 80 19.26

EIA Report

273







11.8.4 Pollution Control Measures

The mitigation measures to prevent adverse impact during the operation phase of

the project shall focus on the following:

Air quality

Noise environment


Land environment

11.9 Air Quality Management


phase of the project on the surrounding air environment.

Table 11-9Air Pollution Control Measures

S. No

Source

Existing (E) or

Proposed (P)


measures Stack

Height (m)

1. CRU


P CRU

SO2, NO2 & PM

SO2, NO2 & PM




have been incorporate in

design to limit

emissions.

42

2. CRU (Reformer)

P CRU 45

EIA Report

274

11.9.1 Fugitive Emission Control Measures





expansion.

11.10 Noise Monitoring



d) Use of personal protective equipment (earplugs, earmuffs, noise helmets

etc.),

e) Education and public awareness, and

f) Exposure control through the rotation of work assignments in the intense

noise areas.

11.11 Water and wastewater management


generated are summarized below

Existing





service water.

Proposed





EIA Report

275

CHAPTER 12

DISCLOSURE OF

CONSULTANTS

EIA Report

276

12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS In order to assess the potential environmental impacts due to the proposed Naphtha

Hydro Treatment Unit (NHDT) & Catalytic Reforming Unit (CRU), M/s IOCL, GR has

engaged Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Limited, Chennai to undertake EIA study.

The nature of consultancy service rendered covers terrestrial environmental

assessment.

12.1 Brief Profile of Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Limited (HECS)

Enviro Care Systems was started in the year of 1997 by Dr. J.R.Moses with the

vision to serve the world in all environmental related problems by completing the

latest technological advancements available.

In the year 2004, Enviro Care Systems became Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd

after having collaboration with Hubert Stavoren B.V. for higher Technology.

The company provides total pollution control solutions to several industries like

Thermal Power Plant, Pharma, R&D Facilities, Electroplating and Manufacturing, IT

Parks, Residential Complexes, Dairies, Food Processing, Textile mills, Breweries,

etc.

The company is specialized in executing projects right from concept development,

supply, erection, commissioning and operation on turnkey basis. HECS has

successfully executed more than 200 environmental engineering projects for various

industrial sectors both in India and overseas.

HECS has state-of-art facilities to provide quality environmental consultancy and

engineering solutions.

Strengths of HECS

Number of Employees as on April 2018

Total No of Employees 736

Consultancy 26

Laboratory 77

Projects 19

Operation & Maintenance 614

EIA Report

277

Declaration of Experts contributing to the EIA

I hereby certify that I was involved in the preparation of EIA/EMP for the “Proposed

Naphtha Hydro Treatment Unit (NHDT) & 90 KTPA Semi Regenerative Type

Catalytic Reforming Unit (CRU)” at Patta No 54 & Dag No1, Noonmati Village,

Guwahati Taluk, Kamrup District, Assam Stateby M/s. Indian Oil Corporation

Limited as EIA Coordinatorwith the support of the following Functional Area Experts.

EIA Coordinator

Name: Dr. J R Moses

Signature:

Date:29/08/2020

Contact Information:

Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd.,

# A-21, Phase III, Behind Lions Club School,

Thiru-vi-ka Industrial Area, Guindy,

Chennai – 600032.

Tamil Nadu, India.

Email: [email protected]

Website: www.hecs.in

Functional Area Experts (FAEs):

S. No.

Functional Areas


13. AP

FAE

Dr. J R Moses

Dec 2017 till date


Dec 2017 till date


Oct 2018 till date

14. AQ FAE

Dr. J R Moses

Dec 2017 till date

Mr. B Harsha Vardhan

Dec 2017- Feb 2020


Oct 2018 till date

15. WP FAE

Dr. J R Moses

Dec 2017 till date


Dec 2017 till date

FAA

Mr. Chengalvarayan

Dec 2017 till date

16. SHW FAE Mr. A. Manoharan

Dec 2017 till date

mailto:[email protected]

EIA Report

278

S. No.

Functional Areas



Dec 2017 till

date

Mrs T. Rajani (HW) Dec 2017 till

date

17. SE FAE Mr. V. Dhivakar

Dec 2017 till date

18. EB FAE Mr. A. Manoharan

Dec 2017 till date

Dr. Rajkumar Samuel

Dec 2017 till date

19. HG FAE Mr. Mallikarjuna Rao

Dec 2017 till date

20. Geo FAE Mr. Mallikarjuna Rao

Dec 2017 till date

21. N FAE Mr. Vivek P. Navare

Dec 2017 till date

Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru Dec 2017 till date

22. LU FAE Mr. Venkateswarlu Rachala

Dec 2017 till

date

Mr. N. Varadharajan

Dec 2017 till date

23. RH FAE Dr. J R Moses

Dec 2017 till date

24. SC FAE

Mr. A. Manoharan

Dec 2017 till date

AP - Air pollution monitoring, prevention and control

AQ - Meteorology, air quality modeling and prediction

EB - Ecology and biodiversity

HG - Hydrology, ground water and water conservation

Geo - Geology

LU - Land use

N - Noise & Vibration

RH - Risk assessment and hazards management

SC - Soil conservation

SE - Socio-economics

SHW - Solid and hazardous waste management

WP - Water pollution monitoring, prevention and control

EIA Report

279

12.2 Quality Policy of HECS

12.3 QCI-NABET - EIA Accreditation

Consultancy Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd., Chennai

NABET Certificate No &

Date of validity NABET/EIA/1619/RA0083 Valid up to 29/09/2020

MoEF Reg. Lab F.No. Q-15018/13/2016-CPW

EIA Report

280

12.4 Copy of QCI NABET Accreditation

EIA Report

281

Further details may be seen on the following URL: www.hecs.in

http://www.hecs.in/

EIA Report

282

HUBERT ENVIRO CARE SYSTEMS (P) LIMITED

A-21, III-Phase, Behind Lions Club School,

Thiru vi ka Industrial Estate, Guindy, Chennai – 600 032

Ph: +91-44-43635555; Fax: +91-44-43635500